Merged with mainline at revision 128810.
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / ada / exp_ch4.adb
blobbd5ddfb63c2574ecf29636debf338fb36c02a1fa
1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 -- --
3 -- GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS --
4 -- --
5 -- E X P _ C H 4 --
6 -- --
7 -- B o d y --
8 -- --
9 -- Copyright (C) 1992-2007, Free Software Foundation, Inc. --
10 -- --
11 -- GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under --
12 -- terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- --
13 -- ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- --
14 -- sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15 -- OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16 -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License --
17 -- for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General --
18 -- Public License distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3. If not, go to --
19 -- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license. --
20 -- --
21 -- GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. --
22 -- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. --
23 -- --
24 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 with Atree; use Atree;
27 with Checks; use Checks;
28 with Einfo; use Einfo;
29 with Elists; use Elists;
30 with Errout; use Errout;
31 with Exp_Aggr; use Exp_Aggr;
32 with Exp_Atag; use Exp_Atag;
33 with Exp_Ch3; use Exp_Ch3;
34 with Exp_Ch6; use Exp_Ch6;
35 with Exp_Ch7; use Exp_Ch7;
36 with Exp_Ch9; use Exp_Ch9;
37 with Exp_Disp; use Exp_Disp;
38 with Exp_Fixd; use Exp_Fixd;
39 with Exp_Pakd; use Exp_Pakd;
40 with Exp_Tss; use Exp_Tss;
41 with Exp_Util; use Exp_Util;
42 with Exp_VFpt; use Exp_VFpt;
43 with Freeze; use Freeze;
44 with Inline; use Inline;
45 with Namet; use Namet;
46 with Nlists; use Nlists;
47 with Nmake; use Nmake;
48 with Opt; use Opt;
49 with Restrict; use Restrict;
50 with Rident; use Rident;
51 with Rtsfind; use Rtsfind;
52 with Sem; use Sem;
53 with Sem_Cat; use Sem_Cat;
54 with Sem_Ch3; use Sem_Ch3;
55 with Sem_Ch8; use Sem_Ch8;
56 with Sem_Ch13; use Sem_Ch13;
57 with Sem_Eval; use Sem_Eval;
58 with Sem_Res; use Sem_Res;
59 with Sem_Type; use Sem_Type;
60 with Sem_Util; use Sem_Util;
61 with Sem_Warn; use Sem_Warn;
62 with Sinfo; use Sinfo;
63 with Snames; use Snames;
64 with Stand; use Stand;
65 with Targparm; use Targparm;
66 with Tbuild; use Tbuild;
67 with Ttypes; use Ttypes;
68 with Uintp; use Uintp;
69 with Urealp; use Urealp;
70 with Validsw; use Validsw;
72 package body Exp_Ch4 is
74 -----------------------
75 -- Local Subprograms --
76 -----------------------
78 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
79 pragma Inline (Binary_Op_Validity_Checks);
80 -- Performs validity checks for a binary operator
82 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
83 (N : Node_Id;
84 Op1 : Node_Id;
85 Op2 : Node_Id);
86 -- If an boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
87 -- corresponding library procedure.
89 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id);
90 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
91 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
92 -- this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
93 -- the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
95 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id);
96 -- Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
97 -- is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
99 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
100 -- This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
101 -- N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
102 -- code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
103 -- the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
104 -- run-time routine)
106 function Expand_Array_Equality
107 (Nod : Node_Id;
108 Lhs : Node_Id;
109 Rhs : Node_Id;
110 Bodies : List_Id;
111 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
112 -- Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
113 -- equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated
114 -- nodes. Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared.
115 -- Bodies is a list on which to attach bodies of local functions that
116 -- are created in the process. It is the responsibility of the
117 -- caller to insert those bodies at the right place. Nod provides
118 -- the Sloc value for the generated code. Normally the types used
119 -- for the generated equality routine are taken from Lhs and Rhs.
120 -- However, in some situations of generated code, the Etype fields
121 -- of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies the
122 -- type to be used for the formal parameters.
124 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id);
125 -- Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor)
126 -- for the case of array type arguments.
128 function Expand_Composite_Equality
129 (Nod : Node_Id;
130 Typ : Entity_Id;
131 Lhs : Node_Id;
132 Rhs : Node_Id;
133 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id;
134 -- Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested
135 -- composite types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies
136 -- is a list on which to attach bodies of local functions that are
137 -- created in the process. This is the responsability of the caller
138 -- to insert those bodies at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc
139 -- value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs are the left and right sides
140 -- for the comparison, and Typ is the type of the arrays to compare.
142 procedure Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
143 -- This routine handles expansion of concatenation operations, where
144 -- N is the N_Op_Concat node being expanded and Operands is the list
145 -- of operands (at least two are present). The caller has dealt with
146 -- converting any singleton operands into singleton aggregates.
148 procedure Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
149 -- Routine to expand concatenation of 2-5 operands (in the list Operands)
150 -- and replace node Cnode with the result of the contatenation. If there
151 -- are two operands, they can be string or character. If there are more
152 -- than two operands, then are always of type string (i.e. the caller has
153 -- already converted character operands to strings in this case).
155 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id);
156 -- N is either an N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is
157 -- universal fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the
158 -- purpose of this routine is to find the real type by looking up
159 -- the tree. We also determine if the operation must be rounded.
161 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
162 (N : Node_Id;
163 T : Entity_Id;
164 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
165 -- If the designated type is controlled, build final_list expression
166 -- for created object. If context is an access parameter, create a
167 -- local access type to have a usable finalization list.
169 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
170 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
171 -- discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
172 -- is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
173 -- to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
174 -- discriminants.
176 -- An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
177 -- if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
178 -- qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
180 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id);
181 -- N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
182 -- associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
183 -- call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
185 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
186 (Typ : Entity_Id;
187 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
188 -- Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function
189 -- produces the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b
190 -- are one-dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original
191 -- node is then expanded into the appropriate call to this function.
192 -- Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
194 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
195 (Typ : Entity_Id;
196 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
197 -- Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This
198 -- function produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b),
199 -- (a or b), or (a xor b). It is used only the normal case and not
200 -- the packed case. The type involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type,
201 -- and the logical operations in the body are simple boolean operations.
202 -- Note that Typ is always a constrained type (the caller has ensured
203 -- this by using Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
205 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
206 -- If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
207 -- compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
208 -- the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
209 -- effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
210 -- its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
211 -- call has no effect.
213 function Tagged_Membership (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
214 -- Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
215 -- Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
217 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
218 (Lhs : Node_Id;
219 Op1 : Node_Id;
220 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean;
221 -- In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a
222 -- boolean operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed
223 -- in place.
225 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
226 pragma Inline (Unary_Op_Validity_Checks);
227 -- Performs validity checks for a unary operator
229 -------------------------------
230 -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
231 -------------------------------
233 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
234 begin
235 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
236 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
237 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
238 end if;
239 end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks;
241 ------------------------------------
242 -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
243 ------------------------------------
245 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
246 (N : Node_Id;
247 Op1 : Node_Id;
248 Op2 : Node_Id)
250 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
251 Kind : constant Node_Kind := Nkind (Expression (N));
252 Target : constant Node_Id :=
253 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
254 Prefix => Name (N),
255 Attribute_Name => Name_Address);
257 Arg1 : constant Node_Id := Op1;
258 Arg2 : Node_Id := Op2;
259 Call_Node : Node_Id;
260 Proc_Name : Entity_Id;
262 begin
263 if Kind = N_Op_Not then
264 if Nkind (Op1) in N_Binary_Op then
266 -- Use negated version of the binary operators
268 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_And then
269 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
271 elsif Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Or then
272 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
274 else pragma Assert (Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Xor);
275 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
276 end if;
278 Call_Node :=
279 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
280 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
282 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
283 Target,
284 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
285 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
286 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
288 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
289 Prefix => Right_Opnd (Op1),
290 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
292 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
293 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
294 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
296 else
297 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Not);
299 Call_Node :=
300 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
301 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
302 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
303 Target,
305 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
306 Prefix => Op1,
307 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
309 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
310 Prefix => Op1,
311 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
312 end if;
314 else
315 -- We use the following equivalences:
317 -- (not X) or (not Y) = not (X and Y) = Nand (X, Y)
318 -- (not X) and (not Y) = not (X or Y) = Nor (X, Y)
319 -- (not X) xor (not Y) = X xor Y
320 -- X xor (not Y) = not (X xor Y) = Nxor (X, Y)
322 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Not then
323 if Kind = N_Op_And then
324 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
326 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
327 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
329 else
330 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
331 end if;
333 else
334 if Kind = N_Op_And then
335 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_And);
337 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
338 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Or);
340 elsif Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not then
341 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nxor);
342 Arg2 := Right_Opnd (Op2);
344 else
345 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
346 end if;
347 end if;
349 Call_Node :=
350 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
351 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
352 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
353 Target,
354 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
355 Prefix => Arg1,
356 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
357 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
358 Prefix => Arg2,
359 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
360 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
361 Prefix => Op1,
362 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
363 end if;
365 Rewrite (N, Call_Node);
366 Analyze (N);
368 exception
369 when RE_Not_Available =>
370 return;
371 end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call;
373 --------------------------------
374 -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
375 --------------------------------
377 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id) is
378 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
379 Orig_Node : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (N);
380 Dtyp : Entity_Id;
381 Etyp : Entity_Id;
382 PtrT : Entity_Id;
384 begin
385 pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
386 and then Nkind (Orig_Node) = N_Allocator);
388 PtrT := Etype (Orig_Node);
389 Dtyp := Designated_Type (PtrT);
390 Etyp := Etype (Expression (Orig_Node));
392 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp)
393 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
394 then
395 -- If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
396 -- we can generate code to reference the record component containing
397 -- the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
399 if not Is_Interface (Etyp) then
400 declare
401 Saved_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Orig_Node);
403 begin
404 -- 1) Get access to the allocated object
406 Rewrite (N,
407 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
408 Relocate_Node (N)));
409 Set_Etype (N, Etyp);
410 Set_Analyzed (N);
412 -- 2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
413 -- the secondary dispatch table.
415 Rewrite (N, Convert_To (Dtyp, Relocate_Node (N)));
416 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Dtyp);
418 -- 3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
419 -- as the value returned by the allocator.
421 Rewrite (N,
422 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
423 Prefix => Relocate_Node (N),
424 Attribute_Name => Name_Access));
425 Set_Etype (N, Saved_Typ);
426 Set_Analyzed (N);
427 end;
429 -- If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
430 -- generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
431 -- component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
432 -- or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
433 -- implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
434 -- following example:
436 -- function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Ifac_2e'Class is
437 -- begin
438 -- return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
439 -- end Op;
441 else
442 Rewrite (N,
443 Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
444 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
445 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Displace), Loc),
446 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
447 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Address),
448 Relocate_Node (N)),
450 New_Occurrence_Of
451 (Elists.Node
452 (First_Elmt
453 (Access_Disp_Table (Etype (Base_Type (Dtyp))))),
454 Loc)))));
455 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
456 end if;
457 end if;
458 end Displace_Allocator_Pointer;
460 ---------------------------------
461 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
462 ---------------------------------
464 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
465 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
466 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (Expression (N));
467 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
468 DesigT : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
470 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
471 (Ref : Node_Id;
472 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False);
473 -- Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
474 -- type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of
475 -- the type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the
476 -- access type. If the type of the qualified expression is class-
477 -- wide, then always generate the check (except in the case where it
478 -- is known to be unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only
479 -- generate the check if the level of the qualified expression type
480 -- is statically deeper than the access type. Although the static
481 -- accessibility will generally have been performed as a legality
482 -- check, it won't have been done in cases where the allocator
483 -- appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in general.
484 -- One special case is when the access type is declared in the same
485 -- scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
486 -- never fail, so it need not be generated. As an open issue, there
487 -- seem to be cases where the static level associated with the
488 -- class-wide object's underlying type is not sufficient to perform
489 -- the proper accessibility check, such as for allocators in nested
490 -- subprograms or accept statements initialized by class-wide formals
491 -- when the actual originates outside at a deeper static level. The
492 -- nested subprogram case might require passing accessibility levels
493 -- along with class-wide parameters, and the task case seems to be
494 -- an actual gap in the language rules that needs to be fixed by the
495 -- ARG. ???
497 -------------------------------
498 -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
499 -------------------------------
501 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
502 (Ref : Node_Id;
503 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False)
505 Ref_Node : Node_Id;
507 begin
508 -- Note: we skip the accessibility check for the VM case, since
509 -- there does not seem to be any practical way of implementing it.
511 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
512 and then VM_Target = No_VM
513 and then Is_Class_Wide_Type (DesigT)
514 and then not Scope_Suppress (Accessibility_Check)
515 and then
516 (Type_Access_Level (Etype (Exp)) > Type_Access_Level (PtrT)
517 or else
518 (Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
519 and then Scope (PtrT) /= Current_Scope))
520 then
521 -- If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
522 -- to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
523 -- (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
524 -- it is the entity associated with the object containing the
525 -- address of the allocated object.
527 if Built_In_Place then
528 Ref_Node := New_Copy (Ref);
529 else
530 Ref_Node := New_Reference_To (Ref, Loc);
531 end if;
533 Insert_Action (N,
534 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
535 Condition =>
536 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
537 Left_Opnd =>
538 Build_Get_Access_Level (Loc,
539 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
540 Prefix => Ref_Node,
541 Attribute_Name => Name_Tag)),
542 Right_Opnd =>
543 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
544 Type_Access_Level (PtrT))),
545 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
546 end if;
547 end Apply_Accessibility_Check;
549 -- Local variables
551 Indic : constant Node_Id := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
552 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Indic);
553 Flist : Node_Id;
554 Node : Node_Id;
555 Temp : Entity_Id;
557 TagT : Entity_Id := Empty;
558 -- Type used as source for tag assignment
560 TagR : Node_Id := Empty;
561 -- Target reference for tag assignment
563 Aggr_In_Place : constant Boolean := Is_Delayed_Aggregate (Exp);
565 Tag_Assign : Node_Id;
566 Tmp_Node : Node_Id;
568 -- Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
570 begin
571 if Is_Tagged_Type (T) or else Controlled_Type (T) then
573 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a
574 -- call to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated
575 -- object must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such
576 -- functions to those with constrained limited result subtypes,
577 -- but eventually we plan to expand the allowed forms of funtions
578 -- that are treated as build-in-place.
580 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
581 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
582 then
583 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
584 Apply_Accessibility_Check (N, Built_In_Place => True);
585 return;
586 end if;
588 -- Actions inserted before:
589 -- Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
590 -- <no CW> Temp._tag := T'tag;
591 -- <CTRL> Adjust (Finalizable (Temp.all));
592 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
594 -- We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid
595 -- any recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
597 -- We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
598 -- built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
599 -- that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
600 -- substituted for the allocator.
602 if not Aggr_In_Place then
603 Remove_Side_Effects (Exp);
604 end if;
606 Temp :=
607 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
609 -- For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
611 -- type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
612 -- implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
613 -- temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
615 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
616 Expand_Subtype_From_Expr (Empty, T, Indic, Exp);
618 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
619 -- object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
620 -- base of the object before allocating the new object.
622 -- Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
623 -- to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
625 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
626 and then Is_Interface (Etype (Exp))
627 then
628 Set_Expression
629 (Expression (N),
630 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic),
631 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
632 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag_Ptr),
633 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
634 Prefix => Exp,
635 Attribute_Name => Name_Address)))));
637 else
638 Set_Expression
639 (Expression (N),
640 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic), Exp));
641 end if;
643 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), Entity (Indic));
644 end if;
646 -- Keep separate the management of allocators returning interfaces
648 if not Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
649 if Aggr_In_Place then
650 Tmp_Node :=
651 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
652 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
653 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
654 Expression =>
655 Make_Allocator (Loc,
656 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
658 Set_Comes_From_Source
659 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
661 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
662 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
664 if Controlled_Type (T)
665 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
666 then
667 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
669 Flist := Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
670 end if;
672 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
673 else
674 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
675 Set_Analyzed (Node);
676 Insert_Action (N,
677 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
678 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
679 Constant_Present => True,
680 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
681 Expression => Node));
682 end if;
684 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
685 -- interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
686 -- expression to allocate the object.
688 else
689 declare
690 Def_Id : constant Entity_Id :=
691 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
692 New_Internal_Name ('T'));
693 New_Decl : Node_Id;
695 begin
696 New_Decl :=
697 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
698 Defining_Identifier => Def_Id,
699 Type_Definition =>
700 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
701 All_Present => True,
702 Null_Exclusion_Present => False,
703 Constant_Present => False,
704 Subtype_Indication =>
705 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
707 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
709 -- Inherit the final chain to ensure that the expansion of the
710 -- aggregate is correct in case of controlled types
712 if Controlled_Type (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
713 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (Def_Id,
714 Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT));
715 end if;
717 -- Declare the object using the previous type declaration
719 if Aggr_In_Place then
720 Tmp_Node :=
721 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
722 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
723 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
724 Expression =>
725 Make_Allocator (Loc,
726 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
728 Set_Comes_From_Source
729 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
731 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
732 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
734 if Controlled_Type (T)
735 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
736 then
737 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
739 Flist :=
740 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
741 end if;
743 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
744 else
745 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
746 Set_Analyzed (Node);
747 Insert_Action (N,
748 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
749 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
750 Constant_Present => True,
751 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
752 Expression => Node));
753 end if;
755 -- Generate an additional object containing the address of the
756 -- returned object. The type of this second object declaration
757 -- is the correct type required for the common proceessing
758 -- that is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement
759 -- of this pointer to reference the component associated with
760 -- the interface type will be done at the end of the common
761 -- processing.
763 New_Decl :=
764 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
765 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
766 New_Internal_Name ('P')),
767 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
768 Expression => Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
769 New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
771 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
773 Tmp_Node := New_Decl;
774 Temp := Defining_Identifier (New_Decl);
775 end;
776 end if;
778 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
780 -- Generate the tag assignment
782 -- Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
783 -- represented implicitly in objects.
785 if VM_Target /= No_VM then
786 null;
788 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
789 -- interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
791 elsif Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))) then
792 pragma Assert (Is_Class_Wide_Type
793 (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))));
794 null;
796 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (T) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
797 TagT := T;
798 TagR := New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc);
800 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
801 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Underlying_Type (T))
802 then
803 TagT := Underlying_Type (T);
804 TagR :=
805 Unchecked_Convert_To (Underlying_Type (T),
806 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
807 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
808 end if;
810 if Present (TagT) then
811 Tag_Assign :=
812 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
813 Name =>
814 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
815 Prefix => TagR,
816 Selector_Name =>
817 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (TagT), Loc)),
819 Expression =>
820 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag),
821 New_Reference_To
822 (Elists.Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (TagT))),
823 Loc)));
825 -- The previous assignment has to be done in any case
827 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (Tag_Assign));
828 Insert_Action (N, Tag_Assign);
829 end if;
831 if Controlled_Type (DesigT)
832 and then Controlled_Type (T)
833 then
834 declare
835 Attach : Node_Id;
836 Apool : constant Entity_Id :=
837 Associated_Storage_Pool (PtrT);
839 begin
840 -- If it is an allocation on the secondary stack
841 -- (i.e. a value returned from a function), the object
842 -- is attached on the caller side as soon as the call
843 -- is completed (see Expand_Ctrl_Function_Call)
845 if Is_RTE (Apool, RE_SS_Pool) then
846 declare
847 F : constant Entity_Id :=
848 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
849 New_Internal_Name ('F'));
850 begin
851 Insert_Action (N,
852 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
853 Defining_Identifier => F,
854 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (RTE
855 (RE_Finalizable_Ptr), Loc)));
857 Flist := New_Reference_To (F, Loc);
858 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
859 end;
861 -- Normal case, not a secondary stack allocation
863 else
864 if Controlled_Type (T)
865 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
866 then
867 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
869 Flist :=
870 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
871 else
872 Flist := Find_Final_List (PtrT);
873 end if;
875 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2);
876 end if;
878 -- Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
879 -- 2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
880 -- there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
881 -- place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
882 -- inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
883 -- statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
884 -- stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
885 -- want to Adjust.
887 if not Aggr_In_Place
888 and then not Is_Inherently_Limited_Type (T)
889 then
890 Insert_Actions (N,
891 Make_Adjust_Call (
892 Ref =>
894 -- An unchecked conversion is needed in the
895 -- classwide case because the designated type
896 -- can be an ancestor of the subtype mark of
897 -- the allocator.
899 Unchecked_Convert_To (T,
900 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
901 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc))),
903 Typ => T,
904 Flist_Ref => Flist,
905 With_Attach => Attach,
906 Allocator => True));
907 end if;
908 end;
909 end if;
911 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
912 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
914 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the
915 -- record component containing the secondary dispatch table
916 -- of the interface type.
918 if Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
919 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
920 end if;
922 elsif Aggr_In_Place then
923 Temp :=
924 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
925 Tmp_Node :=
926 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
927 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
928 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
929 Expression => Make_Allocator (Loc,
930 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
932 Set_Comes_From_Source
933 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
935 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
936 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
937 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
938 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
939 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
941 elsif Is_Access_Type (DesigT)
942 and then Nkind (Exp) = N_Allocator
943 and then Nkind (Expression (Exp)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
944 then
945 -- Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
947 Apply_Constraint_Check (Expression (Exp),
948 Designated_Type (DesigT),
949 No_Sliding => True);
951 if Nkind (Expression (Exp)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error then
953 -- Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
955 Rewrite (Exp, New_Copy (Expression (Exp)));
956 end if;
957 else
958 -- First check against the type of the qualified expression
960 -- NOTE: The commented call should be correct, but for
961 -- some reason causes the compiler to bomb (sigsegv) on
962 -- ACVC test c34007g, so for now we just perform the old
963 -- (incorrect) test against the designated subtype with
964 -- no sliding in the else part of the if statement below.
965 -- ???
967 -- Apply_Constraint_Check (Exp, T, No_Sliding => True);
969 -- A check is also needed in cases where the designated
970 -- subtype is constrained and differs from the subtype
971 -- given in the qualified expression. Note that the check
972 -- on the qualified expression does not allow sliding,
973 -- but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
975 if Is_Constrained (DesigT)
976 and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match
977 (T, DesigT)
978 then
979 Apply_Constraint_Check
980 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => False);
982 -- The nonsliding check should really be performed
983 -- (unconditionally) against the subtype of the
984 -- qualified expression, but that causes a problem
985 -- with c34007g (see above), so for now we retain this.
987 else
988 Apply_Constraint_Check
989 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => True);
990 end if;
992 -- For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs
993 -- to see an expression with a constrained subtype in order
994 -- to compute the proper size for the allocator.
996 if Is_Array_Type (T)
997 and then not Is_Constrained (T)
998 and then Is_Packed (T)
999 then
1000 declare
1001 ConstrT : constant Entity_Id :=
1002 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1003 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1004 Internal_Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Exp);
1005 begin
1006 Insert_Action (Exp,
1007 Make_Subtype_Declaration (Loc,
1008 Defining_Identifier => ConstrT,
1009 Subtype_Indication =>
1010 Make_Subtype_From_Expr (Exp, T)));
1011 Freeze_Itype (ConstrT, Exp);
1012 Rewrite (Exp, OK_Convert_To (ConstrT, Internal_Exp));
1013 end;
1014 end if;
1016 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a
1017 -- call to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated
1018 -- object must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such
1019 -- functions to those with constrained limited result subtypes,
1020 -- but eventually we plan to expand the allowed forms of funtions
1021 -- that are treated as build-in-place.
1023 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
1024 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
1025 then
1026 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
1027 end if;
1028 end if;
1030 exception
1031 when RE_Not_Available =>
1032 return;
1033 end Expand_Allocator_Expression;
1035 -----------------------------
1036 -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1037 -----------------------------
1039 -- Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the
1040 -- unpacked case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For
1041 -- packed cases, and also in some other cases where a runtime
1042 -- routine cannot be called, the form of the expansion is:
1044 -- [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1046 -- The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1047 -- Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1049 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
1050 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1051 Op1 : Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
1052 Op2 : Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
1053 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
1054 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Component_Type (Typ1);
1056 Expr : Node_Id;
1057 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1058 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1060 Comp : RE_Id;
1062 Byte_Addressable : constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit = Byte'Size;
1063 -- True for byte addressable target
1065 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean;
1066 -- Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be
1067 -- less than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four
1068 -- or greater or is not known at compile time.
1070 ------------------------
1071 -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1072 ------------------------
1074 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean is
1075 Otyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Opnd);
1077 begin
1078 if Ekind (Otyp) = E_String_Literal_Subtype then
1079 return String_Literal_Length (Otyp) < 4;
1081 else
1082 declare
1083 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Otyp));
1084 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Ityp);
1085 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Ityp);
1086 Lov : Uint;
1087 Hiv : Uint;
1089 begin
1090 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo) then
1091 Lov := Expr_Value (Lo);
1092 else
1093 return False;
1094 end if;
1096 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi) then
1097 Hiv := Expr_Value (Hi);
1098 else
1099 return False;
1100 end if;
1102 return Hiv < Lov + 3;
1103 end;
1104 end if;
1105 end Length_Less_Than_4;
1107 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1109 begin
1110 -- Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1111 -- except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1112 -- by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1113 -- addressing of array components.
1115 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ1)
1116 and then Byte_Addressable
1117 and then VM_Target = No_VM
1118 then
1119 -- The call we generate is:
1121 -- Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1122 -- (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1124 -- x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1125 -- n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1126 -- Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1127 -- <op> is the standard comparison operator
1129 if Component_Size (Typ1) = 8 then
1130 if Length_Less_Than_4 (Op1)
1131 or else
1132 Length_Less_Than_4 (Op2)
1133 then
1134 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1135 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned;
1136 else
1137 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned;
1138 end if;
1140 else
1141 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1142 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8;
1143 else
1144 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8;
1145 end if;
1146 end if;
1148 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 16 then
1149 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1150 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U16;
1151 else
1152 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S16;
1153 end if;
1155 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 32 then
1156 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1157 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U32;
1158 else
1159 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S32;
1160 end if;
1162 else pragma Assert (Component_Size (Typ1) = 64);
1163 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1164 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U64;
1165 else
1166 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S64;
1167 end if;
1168 end if;
1170 Remove_Side_Effects (Op1, Name_Req => True);
1171 Remove_Side_Effects (Op2, Name_Req => True);
1173 Rewrite (Op1,
1174 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Op1),
1175 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (Comp), Loc),
1177 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
1178 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1179 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1180 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1182 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1183 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1184 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1186 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1187 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1188 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
1190 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1191 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1192 Attribute_Name => Name_Length))));
1194 Rewrite (Op2,
1195 Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (Op2),
1196 Intval => Uint_0));
1198 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op1, Standard_Integer);
1199 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op2, Standard_Integer);
1200 return;
1201 end if;
1203 -- Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1205 -- For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1207 if Chars (N) = Name_Op_Le then
1208 Rewrite (N,
1209 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1210 Right_Opnd =>
1211 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
1212 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1213 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1214 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1215 return;
1217 -- For < the Boolean expression is
1218 -- greater__nn (op2, op1)
1220 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Lt then
1221 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1223 -- Switch operands
1225 Op1 := Right_Opnd (N);
1226 Op2 := Left_Opnd (N);
1228 -- For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1230 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Ge then
1231 Rewrite (N,
1232 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1233 Right_Opnd =>
1234 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
1235 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1236 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1237 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1238 return;
1240 -- For > the Boolean expression is
1241 -- greater__nn (op1, op2)
1243 else
1244 pragma Assert (Chars (N) = Name_Op_Gt);
1245 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1246 end if;
1248 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1249 Expr :=
1250 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1251 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1252 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Op1, Op2));
1254 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1255 Rewrite (N, Expr);
1256 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1258 exception
1259 when RE_Not_Available =>
1260 return;
1261 end Expand_Array_Comparison;
1263 ---------------------------
1264 -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1265 ---------------------------
1267 -- Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is
1268 -- an example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1270 -- function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1271 -- begin
1272 -- if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1273 -- and then
1274 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1275 -- then
1276 -- return True; -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1277 -- end if;
1279 -- if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1280 -- or else
1281 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1282 -- then
1283 -- return False; -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1284 -- end if;
1286 -- declare
1287 -- A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1288 -- B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1289 -- begin
1290 -- loop
1291 -- declare
1292 -- A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1293 -- B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1294 -- begin
1295 -- loop
1296 -- if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1297 -- return False;
1298 -- end if;
1300 -- exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1301 -- A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1302 -- B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1303 -- end loop;
1304 -- end;
1306 -- exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1307 -- A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1308 -- B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1309 -- end loop;
1310 -- end;
1312 -- return true;
1313 -- end Enn;
1315 -- Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the
1316 -- arrays is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and
1317 -- do an unchecked conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays
1318 -- has a bound depending on a discriminant, then we use the base type
1319 -- since otherwise we have an escaped discriminant in the function.
1321 -- If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can
1322 -- generate a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range
1323 -- attribute over the first array.
1325 function Expand_Array_Equality
1326 (Nod : Node_Id;
1327 Lhs : Node_Id;
1328 Rhs : Node_Id;
1329 Bodies : List_Id;
1330 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id
1332 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1333 Decls : constant List_Id := New_List;
1334 Index_List1 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1335 Index_List2 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1337 Actuals : List_Id;
1338 Formals : List_Id;
1339 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1340 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1342 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
1343 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
1345 Ltyp : Entity_Id;
1346 Rtyp : Entity_Id;
1347 -- The parameter types to be used for the formals
1349 function Arr_Attr
1350 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1351 Nam : Name_Id;
1352 Num : Int) return Node_Id;
1353 -- This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1355 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
1356 -- Create one statement to compare corresponding components,
1357 -- designated by a full set of indices.
1359 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id;
1360 -- Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to
1361 -- be used for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1363 function Handle_One_Dimension
1364 (N : Int;
1365 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
1366 -- This procedure returns the following code
1368 -- declare
1369 -- Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1370 -- begin
1371 -- loop
1372 -- xxx
1373 -- exit when An = A'Last (N);
1374 -- An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1375 -- Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1376 -- end loop;
1377 -- end;
1379 -- If both indices are constrained and identical, the procedure
1380 -- returns a simpler loop:
1382 -- for An in A'Range (N) loop
1383 -- xxx
1384 -- end loop
1386 -- N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1387 -- N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code.
1388 -- The xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next
1389 -- dimension or if this is the last dimension the comparison
1390 -- of corresponding components of the arrays.
1392 -- The actual way the code works is to return the comparison
1393 -- of corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1395 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id;
1396 -- This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1397 -- (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1398 -- and then
1399 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1401 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id;
1402 -- This function constructs the test for arrays having different
1403 -- lengths in at least one index position, in which case resull
1405 -- A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1406 -- or else
1407 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1408 -- or else
1409 -- ...
1411 --------------
1412 -- Arr_Attr --
1413 --------------
1415 function Arr_Attr
1416 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1417 Nam : Name_Id;
1418 Num : Int) return Node_Id
1420 begin
1421 return
1422 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1423 Attribute_Name => Nam,
1424 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc),
1425 Expressions => New_List (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Num)));
1426 end Arr_Attr;
1428 ------------------------
1429 -- Component_Equality --
1430 ------------------------
1432 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
1433 Test : Node_Id;
1434 L, R : Node_Id;
1436 begin
1437 -- if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1439 L :=
1440 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1441 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
1442 Expressions => Index_List1);
1444 R :=
1445 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1446 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)),
1447 Expressions => Index_List2);
1449 Test := Expand_Composite_Equality
1450 (Nod, Component_Type (Typ), L, R, Decls);
1452 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1453 -- will raise program error.
1455 if Nkind (Test) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
1457 -- This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1458 -- statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will
1459 -- set it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1461 Set_Etype (Test, Empty);
1462 return Test;
1464 else
1465 return
1466 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1467 Condition => Make_Op_Not (Loc, Right_Opnd => Test),
1468 Then_Statements => New_List (
1469 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1470 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
1471 end if;
1472 end Component_Equality;
1474 ------------------
1475 -- Get_Arg_Type --
1476 ------------------
1478 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id is
1479 T : Entity_Id;
1480 X : Node_Id;
1482 begin
1483 T := Etype (N);
1485 if No (T) then
1486 return Typ;
1488 else
1489 T := Underlying_Type (T);
1491 X := First_Index (T);
1492 while Present (X) loop
1493 if Denotes_Discriminant (Type_Low_Bound (Etype (X)))
1494 or else
1495 Denotes_Discriminant (Type_High_Bound (Etype (X)))
1496 then
1497 T := Base_Type (T);
1498 exit;
1499 end if;
1501 Next_Index (X);
1502 end loop;
1504 return T;
1505 end if;
1506 end Get_Arg_Type;
1508 --------------------------
1509 -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1510 ---------------------------
1512 function Handle_One_Dimension
1513 (N : Int;
1514 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id
1516 Need_Separate_Indexes : constant Boolean :=
1517 Ltyp /= Rtyp
1518 or else not Is_Constrained (Ltyp);
1519 -- If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1520 -- constrained types, then we can use the same index for both of
1521 -- the arrays.
1523 An : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1524 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1526 Bn : Entity_Id;
1527 Index_T : Entity_Id;
1528 Stm_List : List_Id;
1529 Loop_Stm : Node_Id;
1531 begin
1532 if N > Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) then
1533 return Component_Equality (Ltyp);
1534 end if;
1536 -- Case where we generate a loop
1538 Index_T := Base_Type (Etype (Index));
1540 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1541 Bn :=
1542 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1543 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('B'));
1544 else
1545 Bn := An;
1546 end if;
1548 Append (New_Reference_To (An, Loc), Index_List1);
1549 Append (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc), Index_List2);
1551 Stm_List := New_List (
1552 Handle_One_Dimension (N + 1, Next_Index (Index)));
1554 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1556 -- Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indices
1558 Append_To (Stm_List,
1559 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
1560 Condition =>
1561 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1562 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1563 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Last, N))));
1565 Append_To (Stm_List,
1566 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1567 Name => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1568 Expression =>
1569 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1570 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1571 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1572 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (An, Loc)))));
1574 Append_To (Stm_List,
1575 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1576 Name => New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc),
1577 Expression =>
1578 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1579 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1580 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1581 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc)))));
1582 end if;
1584 -- If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1585 -- loop without an iteration scheme.
1587 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1588 Loop_Stm :=
1589 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod, Statements => Stm_List);
1591 return
1592 Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
1593 Declarations => New_List (
1594 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1595 Defining_Identifier => An,
1596 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1597 Expression => Arr_Attr (A, Name_First, N)),
1599 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1600 Defining_Identifier => Bn,
1601 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1602 Expression => Arr_Attr (B, Name_First, N))),
1604 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1605 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1606 Statements => New_List (Loop_Stm)));
1608 -- If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1609 -- iteration scheme on its own
1611 else
1612 Loop_Stm :=
1613 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
1614 Statements => Stm_List,
1615 Iteration_Scheme =>
1616 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
1617 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
1618 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1619 Defining_Identifier => An,
1620 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
1621 Arr_Attr (A, Name_Range, N))));
1622 return Loop_Stm;
1623 end if;
1624 end Handle_One_Dimension;
1626 -----------------------
1627 -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1628 -----------------------
1630 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id is
1631 Alist : Node_Id;
1632 Blist : Node_Id;
1634 Atest : Node_Id;
1635 Btest : Node_Id;
1637 begin
1638 Alist := Empty;
1639 Blist := Empty;
1640 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1641 Atest :=
1642 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1643 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1644 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1646 Btest :=
1647 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1648 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J),
1649 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1651 if No (Alist) then
1652 Alist := Atest;
1653 Blist := Btest;
1655 else
1656 Alist :=
1657 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1658 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Alist),
1659 Right_Opnd => Atest);
1661 Blist :=
1662 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1663 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Blist),
1664 Right_Opnd => Btest);
1665 end if;
1666 end loop;
1668 return
1669 Make_And_Then (Loc,
1670 Left_Opnd => Alist,
1671 Right_Opnd => Blist);
1672 end Test_Empty_Arrays;
1674 -----------------------------
1675 -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1676 -----------------------------
1678 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id is
1679 Result : Node_Id;
1680 Rtest : Node_Id;
1682 begin
1683 Result := Empty;
1684 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1685 Rtest :=
1686 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
1687 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1688 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J));
1690 if No (Result) then
1691 Result := Rtest;
1692 else
1693 Result :=
1694 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1695 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Result),
1696 Right_Opnd => Rtest);
1697 end if;
1698 end loop;
1700 return Result;
1701 end Test_Lengths_Correspond;
1703 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
1705 begin
1706 Ltyp := Get_Arg_Type (Lhs);
1707 Rtyp := Get_Arg_Type (Rhs);
1709 -- For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the
1710 -- base type, since the code assumes that the formals have the
1711 -- same type. This is fixable in future ???
1713 if Ltyp /= Rtyp then
1714 Ltyp := Base_Type (Ltyp);
1715 Rtyp := Base_Type (Rtyp);
1716 pragma Assert (Ltyp = Rtyp);
1717 end if;
1719 -- Build list of formals for function
1721 Formals := New_List (
1722 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1723 Defining_Identifier => A,
1724 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Ltyp, Loc)),
1726 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1727 Defining_Identifier => B,
1728 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Rtyp, Loc)));
1730 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
1732 -- Build statement sequence for function
1734 Func_Body :=
1735 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
1736 Specification =>
1737 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
1738 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
1739 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
1740 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
1742 Declarations => Decls,
1744 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1745 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1746 Statements => New_List (
1748 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1749 Condition => Test_Empty_Arrays,
1750 Then_Statements => New_List (
1751 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1752 Expression =>
1753 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))),
1755 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1756 Condition => Test_Lengths_Correspond,
1757 Then_Statements => New_List (
1758 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1759 Expression =>
1760 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc)))),
1762 Handle_One_Dimension (1, First_Index (Ltyp)),
1764 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1765 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))));
1767 Set_Has_Completion (Func_Name, True);
1768 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
1770 -- If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments,
1771 -- it is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked
1772 -- conversion to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
1774 declare
1775 L, R : Node_Id;
1777 begin
1778 L := Lhs;
1779 R := Rhs;
1781 if No (Etype (Lhs))
1782 or else Base_Type (Etype (Lhs)) /= Base_Type (Ltyp)
1783 then
1784 L := OK_Convert_To (Ltyp, Lhs);
1785 end if;
1787 if No (Etype (Rhs))
1788 or else Base_Type (Etype (Rhs)) /= Base_Type (Rtyp)
1789 then
1790 R := OK_Convert_To (Rtyp, Rhs);
1791 end if;
1793 Actuals := New_List (L, R);
1794 end;
1796 Append_To (Bodies, Func_Body);
1798 return
1799 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1800 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1801 Parameter_Associations => Actuals);
1802 end Expand_Array_Equality;
1804 -----------------------------
1805 -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
1806 -----------------------------
1808 -- Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands,
1809 -- since we always want to deal with types that have bounds.
1811 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
1812 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
1814 begin
1815 -- Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known
1816 -- to be properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time
1817 -- routine to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
1819 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
1820 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Left_Opnd (N))
1821 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
1822 then
1823 Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator (N);
1824 return;
1825 end if;
1827 -- For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
1828 -- function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
1829 -- and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
1830 -- then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
1831 -- packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
1833 declare
1834 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1835 L : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
1836 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
1837 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1838 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1840 begin
1841 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (L);
1842 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (R);
1843 Ensure_Defined (Etype (L), N);
1844 Ensure_Defined (Etype (R), N);
1845 Apply_Length_Check (R, Etype (L));
1847 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
1848 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), L, R)
1849 then
1850 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), L, R);
1852 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Not
1853 and then Nkind (N) = N_Op_And
1854 and then
1855 Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (Parent (N))), L, R)
1856 then
1857 return;
1858 else
1860 Func_Body := Make_Boolean_Array_Op (Etype (L), N);
1861 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1862 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1864 -- Now rewrite the expression with a call
1866 Rewrite (N,
1867 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1868 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1869 Parameter_Associations =>
1870 New_List (
1872 Make_Type_Conversion
1873 (Loc, New_Reference_To (Etype (L), Loc), R))));
1875 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
1876 end if;
1877 end;
1878 end Expand_Boolean_Operator;
1880 -------------------------------
1881 -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
1882 -------------------------------
1884 -- This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
1885 -- types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
1886 -- case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
1888 function Expand_Composite_Equality
1889 (Nod : Node_Id;
1890 Typ : Entity_Id;
1891 Lhs : Node_Id;
1892 Rhs : Node_Id;
1893 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
1895 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1896 Full_Type : Entity_Id;
1897 Prim : Elmt_Id;
1898 Eq_Op : Entity_Id;
1900 begin
1901 if Is_Private_Type (Typ) then
1902 Full_Type := Underlying_Type (Typ);
1903 else
1904 Full_Type := Typ;
1905 end if;
1907 -- Defense against malformed private types with no completion
1908 -- the error will be diagnosed later by check_completion
1910 if No (Full_Type) then
1911 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
1912 end if;
1914 Full_Type := Base_Type (Full_Type);
1916 if Is_Array_Type (Full_Type) then
1918 -- If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
1919 -- type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
1920 -- since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
1921 -- equality is fine for all these cases.
1923 if Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1924 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1925 then
1926 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
1928 -- For composite component types, and floating-point types, use
1929 -- the expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where
1930 -- we use the applicable equality routine) and floating-point,
1931 -- (where we need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the
1932 -- case of any composite type recursively containing such fields.
1934 else
1935 return Expand_Array_Equality (Nod, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies, Full_Type);
1936 end if;
1938 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Full_Type) then
1940 -- Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
1942 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Full_Type) then
1943 Full_Type := Root_Type (Full_Type);
1944 end if;
1946 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed
1947 -- with a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we
1948 -- use the primitive operations of the private type.
1949 -- This check should no longer be necessary when these
1950 -- types receive their full views ???
1952 if Is_Private_Type (Typ)
1953 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
1954 and then not Is_Controlled (Typ)
1955 and then Is_Derived_Type (Typ)
1956 and then No (Full_View (Typ))
1957 then
1958 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (Typ));
1959 else
1960 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Full_Type));
1961 end if;
1963 loop
1964 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
1965 exit when Chars (Eq_Op) = Name_Op_Eq
1966 and then Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) =
1967 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Eq_Op)))
1968 and then Base_Type (Etype (Eq_Op)) = Standard_Boolean;
1969 Next_Elmt (Prim);
1970 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
1971 end loop;
1973 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
1975 return
1976 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1977 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
1978 Parameter_Associations =>
1979 New_List
1980 (Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Lhs),
1981 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Rhs)));
1983 elsif Is_Record_Type (Full_Type) then
1984 Eq_Op := TSS (Full_Type, TSS_Composite_Equality);
1986 if Present (Eq_Op) then
1987 if Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) /= Full_Type then
1989 -- Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals
1990 -- to match signature of operation.
1992 declare
1993 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op));
1995 begin
1996 return
1997 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1998 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
1999 Parameter_Associations =>
2000 New_List (OK_Convert_To (T, Lhs),
2001 OK_Convert_To (T, Rhs)));
2002 end;
2004 else
2005 -- Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2007 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Full_Type) then
2008 declare
2009 Lhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2010 Rhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2011 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2012 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2014 begin
2015 -- Lhs subtype
2017 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2018 Lhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)));
2019 end if;
2021 -- Rhs subtype
2023 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2024 Rhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)));
2025 end if;
2027 -- Lhs of the composite equality
2029 if Is_Constrained (Lhs_Type) then
2031 -- Since the enclosing record can never be an
2032 -- Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2033 -- that do not have variants), we may reference its
2034 -- discriminant(s).
2036 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
2037 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2038 Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
2039 then
2040 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
2041 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2042 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
2043 Selector_Name =>
2044 New_Copy (
2045 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2046 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2047 Lhs_Type,
2048 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
2050 else
2051 Lhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2052 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2053 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2054 Lhs_Type,
2055 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
2057 end if;
2058 else
2059 -- It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2060 -- the subtype is not constrained.
2062 return
2063 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2064 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2065 end if;
2067 -- Rhs of the composite equality
2069 if Is_Constrained (Rhs_Type) then
2070 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
2071 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2072 Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
2073 then
2074 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
2075 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2076 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
2077 Selector_Name =>
2078 New_Copy (
2079 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2080 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2081 Rhs_Type,
2082 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
2084 else
2085 Rhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2086 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2087 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2088 Rhs_Type,
2089 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
2091 end if;
2092 else
2093 return
2094 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2095 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2096 end if;
2098 -- Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2099 -- discriminant values.
2101 return
2102 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2103 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2104 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
2105 Lhs,
2106 Rhs,
2107 Lhs_Discr_Val,
2108 Rhs_Discr_Val));
2109 end;
2110 end if;
2112 -- Shouldn't this be an else, we can't fall through
2113 -- the above IF, right???
2115 return
2116 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2117 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2118 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Lhs, Rhs));
2119 end if;
2121 else
2122 return Expand_Record_Equality (Nod, Full_Type, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies);
2123 end if;
2125 else
2126 -- It can be a simple record or the full view of a scalar private
2128 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2129 end if;
2130 end Expand_Composite_Equality;
2132 ------------------------------
2133 -- Expand_Concatenate_Other --
2134 ------------------------------
2136 -- Let n be the number of array operands to be concatenated, Base_Typ
2137 -- their base type, Ind_Typ their index type, and Arr_Typ the original
2138 -- array type to which the concatenantion operator applies, then the
2139 -- following subprogram is constructed:
2141 -- [function Cnn (S1 : Base_Typ; ...; Sn : Base_Typ) return Base_Typ is
2142 -- L : Ind_Typ;
2143 -- begin
2144 -- if S1'Length /= 0 then
2145 -- L := XXX; --> XXX = S1'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2146 -- XXX = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2147 -- elsif S2'Length /= 0 then
2148 -- L := YYY; --> YYY = S2'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2149 -- YYY = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2150 -- ...
2151 -- elsif Sn-1'Length /= 0 then
2152 -- L := ZZZ; --> ZZZ = Sn-1'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2153 -- ZZZ = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2154 -- else
2155 -- return Sn;
2156 -- end if;
2158 -- declare
2159 -- P : Ind_Typ;
2160 -- H : Ind_Typ :=
2161 -- Ind_Typ'Val ((((S1'Length - 1) + S2'Length) + ... + Sn'Length)
2162 -- + Ind_Typ'Pos (L));
2163 -- R : Base_Typ (L .. H);
2164 -- begin
2165 -- if S1'Length /= 0 then
2166 -- P := S1'First;
2167 -- loop
2168 -- R (L) := S1 (P);
2169 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2170 -- exit when P = S1'Last;
2171 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2172 -- end loop;
2173 -- end if;
2175 -- if S2'Length /= 0 then
2176 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2177 -- loop
2178 -- R (L) := S2 (P);
2179 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2180 -- exit when P = S2'Last;
2181 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2182 -- end loop;
2183 -- end if;
2185 -- ...
2187 -- if Sn'Length /= 0 then
2188 -- P := Sn'First;
2189 -- loop
2190 -- R (L) := Sn (P);
2191 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2192 -- exit when P = Sn'Last;
2193 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2194 -- end loop;
2195 -- end if;
2197 -- return R;
2198 -- end;
2199 -- end Cnn;]
2201 procedure Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2202 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2203 Nb_Opnds : constant Nat := List_Length (Opnds);
2205 Arr_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Entity (Cnode));
2206 Base_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
2207 Ind_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Base_Typ));
2209 Func_Id : Node_Id;
2210 Func_Spec : Node_Id;
2211 Param_Specs : List_Id;
2213 Func_Body : Node_Id;
2214 Func_Decls : List_Id;
2215 Func_Stmts : List_Id;
2217 L_Decl : Node_Id;
2219 If_Stmt : Node_Id;
2220 Elsif_List : List_Id;
2222 Declare_Block : Node_Id;
2223 Declare_Decls : List_Id;
2224 Declare_Stmts : List_Id;
2226 H_Decl : Node_Id;
2227 H_Init : Node_Id;
2228 P_Decl : Node_Id;
2229 R_Decl : Node_Id;
2230 R_Constr : Node_Id;
2231 R_Range : Node_Id;
2233 Params : List_Id;
2234 Operand : Node_Id;
2236 function Copy_Into_R_S (I : Nat; Last : Boolean) return List_Id;
2237 -- Builds the sequence of statement:
2238 -- P := Si'First;
2239 -- loop
2240 -- R (L) := Si (P);
2241 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2242 -- exit when P = Si'Last;
2243 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2244 -- end loop;
2246 -- where i is the input parameter I given.
2247 -- If the flag Last is true, the exit statement is emitted before
2248 -- incrementing the lower bound, to prevent the creation out of
2249 -- bound values.
2251 function Init_L (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2252 -- Builds the statement:
2253 -- L := Arr_Typ'First; If Arr_Typ is constrained
2254 -- L := Si'First; otherwise (where I is the input param given)
2256 function H return Node_Id;
2257 -- Builds reference to identifier H
2259 function Ind_Val (E : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2260 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Val (E);
2262 function L return Node_Id;
2263 -- Builds reference to identifier L
2265 function L_Pos return Node_Id;
2266 -- Builds expression Integer_Type'(Ind_Typ'Pos (L)). We qualify the
2267 -- expression to avoid universal_integer computations whenever possible,
2268 -- in the expression for the upper bound H.
2270 function L_Succ return Node_Id;
2271 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Succ (L)
2273 function One return Node_Id;
2274 -- Builds integer literal one
2276 function P return Node_Id;
2277 -- Builds reference to identifier P
2279 function P_Succ return Node_Id;
2280 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Succ (P)
2282 function R return Node_Id;
2283 -- Builds reference to identifier R
2285 function S (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2286 -- Builds reference to identifier Si, where I is the value given
2288 function S_First (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2289 -- Builds expression Si'First, where I is the value given
2291 function S_Last (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2292 -- Builds expression Si'Last, where I is the value given
2294 function S_Length (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2295 -- Builds expression Si'Length, where I is the value given
2297 function S_Length_Test (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2298 -- Builds expression Si'Length /= 0, where I is the value given
2300 -------------------
2301 -- Copy_Into_R_S --
2302 -------------------
2304 function Copy_Into_R_S (I : Nat; Last : Boolean) return List_Id is
2305 Stmts : constant List_Id := New_List;
2306 P_Start : Node_Id;
2307 Loop_Stmt : Node_Id;
2308 R_Copy : Node_Id;
2309 Exit_Stmt : Node_Id;
2310 L_Inc : Node_Id;
2311 P_Inc : Node_Id;
2313 begin
2314 -- First construct the initializations
2316 P_Start := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2317 Name => P,
2318 Expression => S_First (I));
2319 Append_To (Stmts, P_Start);
2321 -- Then build the loop
2323 R_Copy := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2324 Name => Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2325 Prefix => R,
2326 Expressions => New_List (L)),
2327 Expression => Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2328 Prefix => S (I),
2329 Expressions => New_List (P)));
2331 L_Inc := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2332 Name => L,
2333 Expression => L_Succ);
2335 Exit_Stmt := Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
2336 Condition => Make_Op_Eq (Loc, P, S_Last (I)));
2338 P_Inc := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2339 Name => P,
2340 Expression => P_Succ);
2342 if Last then
2343 Loop_Stmt :=
2344 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Cnode,
2345 Statements => New_List (R_Copy, Exit_Stmt, L_Inc, P_Inc));
2346 else
2347 Loop_Stmt :=
2348 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Cnode,
2349 Statements => New_List (R_Copy, L_Inc, Exit_Stmt, P_Inc));
2350 end if;
2352 Append_To (Stmts, Loop_Stmt);
2354 return Stmts;
2355 end Copy_Into_R_S;
2357 -------
2358 -- H --
2359 -------
2361 function H return Node_Id is
2362 begin
2363 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uH);
2364 end H;
2366 -------------
2367 -- Ind_Val --
2368 -------------
2370 function Ind_Val (E : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2371 begin
2372 return
2373 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2374 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2375 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
2376 Expressions => New_List (E));
2377 end Ind_Val;
2379 ------------
2380 -- Init_L --
2381 ------------
2383 function Init_L (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2384 E : Node_Id;
2386 begin
2387 if Is_Constrained (Arr_Typ) then
2388 E := Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2389 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr_Typ, Loc),
2390 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2392 else
2393 E := S_First (I);
2394 end if;
2396 return Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc, Name => L, Expression => E);
2397 end Init_L;
2399 -------
2400 -- L --
2401 -------
2403 function L return Node_Id is
2404 begin
2405 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uL);
2406 end L;
2408 -----------
2409 -- L_Pos --
2410 -----------
2412 function L_Pos return Node_Id is
2413 Target_Type : Entity_Id;
2415 begin
2416 -- If the index type is an enumeration type, the computation
2417 -- can be done in standard integer. Otherwise, choose a large
2418 -- enough integer type.
2420 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ind_Typ)
2421 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Integer
2422 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Short_Integer
2423 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Short_Short_Integer
2424 then
2425 Target_Type := Standard_Integer;
2426 else
2427 Target_Type := Root_Type (Ind_Typ);
2428 end if;
2430 return
2431 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
2432 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Target_Type, Loc),
2433 Expression =>
2434 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2435 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2436 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
2437 Expressions => New_List (L)));
2438 end L_Pos;
2440 ------------
2441 -- L_Succ --
2442 ------------
2444 function L_Succ return Node_Id is
2445 begin
2446 return
2447 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2448 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2449 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
2450 Expressions => New_List (L));
2451 end L_Succ;
2453 ---------
2454 -- One --
2455 ---------
2457 function One return Node_Id is
2458 begin
2459 return Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
2460 end One;
2462 -------
2463 -- P --
2464 -------
2466 function P return Node_Id is
2467 begin
2468 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uP);
2469 end P;
2471 ------------
2472 -- P_Succ --
2473 ------------
2475 function P_Succ return Node_Id is
2476 begin
2477 return
2478 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2479 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2480 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
2481 Expressions => New_List (P));
2482 end P_Succ;
2484 -------
2485 -- R --
2486 -------
2488 function R return Node_Id is
2489 begin
2490 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uR);
2491 end R;
2493 -------
2494 -- S --
2495 -------
2497 function S (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2498 begin
2499 return Make_Identifier (Loc, New_External_Name ('S', I));
2500 end S;
2502 -------------
2503 -- S_First --
2504 -------------
2506 function S_First (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2507 begin
2508 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2509 Prefix => S (I),
2510 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2511 end S_First;
2513 ------------
2514 -- S_Last --
2515 ------------
2517 function S_Last (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2518 begin
2519 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2520 Prefix => S (I),
2521 Attribute_Name => Name_Last);
2522 end S_Last;
2524 --------------
2525 -- S_Length --
2526 --------------
2528 function S_Length (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2529 begin
2530 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2531 Prefix => S (I),
2532 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
2533 end S_Length;
2535 -------------------
2536 -- S_Length_Test --
2537 -------------------
2539 function S_Length_Test (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2540 begin
2541 return
2542 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
2543 Left_Opnd => S_Length (I),
2544 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
2545 end S_Length_Test;
2547 -- Start of processing for Expand_Concatenate_Other
2549 begin
2550 -- Construct the parameter specs and the overall function spec
2552 Param_Specs := New_List;
2553 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2554 Append_To
2555 (Param_Specs,
2556 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
2557 Defining_Identifier =>
2558 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_External_Name ('S', I)),
2559 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc)));
2560 end loop;
2562 Func_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
2563 Func_Spec :=
2564 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
2565 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Id,
2566 Parameter_Specifications => Param_Specs,
2567 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc));
2569 -- Construct L's object declaration
2571 L_Decl :=
2572 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2573 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uL),
2574 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc));
2576 Func_Decls := New_List (L_Decl);
2578 -- Construct the if-then-elsif statements
2580 Elsif_List := New_List;
2581 for I in 2 .. Nb_Opnds - 1 loop
2582 Append_To (Elsif_List, Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
2583 Condition => S_Length_Test (I),
2584 Then_Statements => New_List (Init_L (I))));
2585 end loop;
2587 If_Stmt :=
2588 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
2589 Condition => S_Length_Test (1),
2590 Then_Statements => New_List (Init_L (1)),
2591 Elsif_Parts => Elsif_List,
2592 Else_Statements => New_List (Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
2593 Expression => S (Nb_Opnds))));
2595 -- Construct the declaration for H
2597 P_Decl :=
2598 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2599 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uP),
2600 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc));
2602 H_Init := Make_Op_Subtract (Loc, S_Length (1), One);
2603 for I in 2 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2604 H_Init := Make_Op_Add (Loc, H_Init, S_Length (I));
2605 end loop;
2606 H_Init := Ind_Val (Make_Op_Add (Loc, H_Init, L_Pos));
2608 H_Decl :=
2609 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2610 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uH),
2611 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2612 Expression => H_Init);
2614 -- Construct the declaration for R
2616 R_Range := Make_Range (Loc, Low_Bound => L, High_Bound => H);
2617 R_Constr :=
2618 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
2619 Constraints => New_List (R_Range));
2621 R_Decl :=
2622 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2623 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uR),
2624 Object_Definition =>
2625 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
2626 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc),
2627 Constraint => R_Constr));
2629 -- Construct the declarations for the declare block
2631 Declare_Decls := New_List (P_Decl, H_Decl, R_Decl);
2633 -- Construct list of statements for the declare block
2635 Declare_Stmts := New_List;
2636 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2637 Append_To (Declare_Stmts,
2638 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
2639 Condition => S_Length_Test (I),
2640 Then_Statements => Copy_Into_R_S (I, I = Nb_Opnds)));
2641 end loop;
2643 Append_To
2644 (Declare_Stmts, Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc, Expression => R));
2646 -- Construct the declare block
2648 Declare_Block := Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
2649 Declarations => Declare_Decls,
2650 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
2651 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc, Declare_Stmts));
2653 -- Construct the list of function statements
2655 Func_Stmts := New_List (If_Stmt, Declare_Block);
2657 -- Construct the function body
2659 Func_Body :=
2660 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
2661 Specification => Func_Spec,
2662 Declarations => Func_Decls,
2663 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
2664 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc, Func_Stmts));
2666 -- Insert the newly generated function in the code. This is analyzed
2667 -- with all checks off, since we have completed all the checks.
2669 -- Note that this does *not* fix the array concatenation bug when the
2670 -- low bound is Integer'first sibce that bug comes from the pointer
2671 -- dereferencing an unconstrained array. An there we need a constraint
2672 -- check to make sure the length of the concatenated array is ok. ???
2674 Insert_Action (Cnode, Func_Body, Suppress => All_Checks);
2676 -- Construct list of arguments for the function call
2678 Params := New_List;
2679 Operand := First (Opnds);
2680 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2681 Append_To (Params, Relocate_Node (Operand));
2682 Next (Operand);
2683 end loop;
2685 -- Insert the function call
2687 Rewrite
2688 (Cnode,
2689 Make_Function_Call (Loc, New_Reference_To (Func_Id, Loc), Params));
2691 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Base_Typ);
2692 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Id);
2693 end Expand_Concatenate_Other;
2695 -------------------------------
2696 -- Expand_Concatenate_String --
2697 -------------------------------
2699 procedure Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2700 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2701 Opnd1 : constant Node_Id := First (Opnds);
2702 Opnd2 : constant Node_Id := Next (Opnd1);
2703 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Opnd1));
2704 Typ2 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Opnd2));
2706 R : RE_Id;
2707 -- RE_Id value for function to be called
2709 begin
2710 -- In all cases, we build a call to a routine giving the list of
2711 -- arguments as the parameter list to the routine.
2713 case List_Length (Opnds) is
2714 when 2 =>
2715 if Typ1 = Standard_Character then
2716 if Typ2 = Standard_Character then
2717 R := RE_Str_Concat_CC;
2719 else
2720 pragma Assert (Typ2 = Standard_String);
2721 R := RE_Str_Concat_CS;
2722 end if;
2724 elsif Typ1 = Standard_String then
2725 if Typ2 = Standard_Character then
2726 R := RE_Str_Concat_SC;
2728 else
2729 pragma Assert (Typ2 = Standard_String);
2730 R := RE_Str_Concat;
2731 end if;
2733 -- If we have anything other than Standard_Character or
2734 -- Standard_String, then we must have had a serious error
2735 -- earlier, so we just abandon the attempt at expansion.
2737 else
2738 pragma Assert (Serious_Errors_Detected > 0);
2739 return;
2740 end if;
2742 when 3 =>
2743 R := RE_Str_Concat_3;
2745 when 4 =>
2746 R := RE_Str_Concat_4;
2748 when 5 =>
2749 R := RE_Str_Concat_5;
2751 when others =>
2752 R := RE_Null;
2753 raise Program_Error;
2754 end case;
2756 -- Now generate the appropriate call
2758 Rewrite (Cnode,
2759 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Cnode),
2760 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (R), Loc),
2761 Parameter_Associations => Opnds));
2763 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Standard_String);
2765 exception
2766 when RE_Not_Available =>
2767 return;
2768 end Expand_Concatenate_String;
2770 ------------------------
2771 -- Expand_N_Allocator --
2772 ------------------------
2774 procedure Expand_N_Allocator (N : Node_Id) is
2775 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
2776 Dtyp : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
2777 Etyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Expression (N));
2778 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
2779 Desig : Entity_Id;
2780 Temp : Entity_Id;
2781 Nod : Node_Id;
2783 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
2784 -- Generate finalization calls for all nested coextensions of N. This
2785 -- routine may allocate list controllers if necessary.
2787 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id);
2788 -- Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
2789 -- constrain. Such occurences can be rewritten as aliased objects
2790 -- and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
2792 ---------------------------------------
2793 -- Complete_Coextension_Finalization --
2794 ---------------------------------------
2796 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization is
2797 Coext : Node_Id;
2798 Coext_Elmt : Elmt_Id;
2799 Flist : Node_Id;
2800 Ref : Node_Id;
2802 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
2803 -- Determine whether node N is part of a return statement
2805 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
2806 -- Determine whether node N is a subtype indicator allocator which
2807 -- asts a coextension. Such coextensions need initialization.
2809 -------------------------------
2810 -- Inside_A_Return_Statement --
2811 -------------------------------
2813 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
2814 P : Node_Id;
2816 begin
2817 P := Parent (N);
2818 while Present (P) loop
2819 if Nkind (P) = N_Extended_Return_Statement
2820 or else Nkind (P) = N_Simple_Return_Statement
2821 then
2822 return True;
2824 -- Stop the traversal when we reach a subprogram body
2826 elsif Nkind (P) = N_Subprogram_Body then
2827 return False;
2828 end if;
2830 P := Parent (P);
2831 end loop;
2833 return False;
2834 end Inside_A_Return_Statement;
2836 -------------------------------
2837 -- Needs_Initialization_Call --
2838 -------------------------------
2840 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
2841 Obj_Decl : Node_Id;
2843 begin
2844 if Nkind (N) = N_Explicit_Dereference
2845 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Identifier
2846 and then Nkind (Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)))) =
2847 N_Object_Declaration
2848 then
2849 Obj_Decl := Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)));
2851 return
2852 Present (Expression (Obj_Decl))
2853 and then Nkind (Expression (Obj_Decl)) = N_Allocator
2854 and then Nkind (Expression (Expression (Obj_Decl))) /=
2855 N_Qualified_Expression;
2856 end if;
2858 return False;
2859 end Needs_Initialization_Call;
2861 -- Start of processing for Complete_Coextension_Finalization
2863 begin
2864 -- When a coextension root is inside a return statement, we need to
2865 -- use the finalization chain of the function's scope. This does not
2866 -- apply for controlled named access types because in those cases we
2867 -- can use the finalization chain of the type itself.
2869 if Inside_A_Return_Statement (N)
2870 and then
2871 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
2872 or else
2873 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Access_Type
2874 and then No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT))))
2875 then
2876 declare
2877 Decl : Node_Id;
2878 Outer_S : Entity_Id;
2879 S : Entity_Id := Current_Scope;
2881 begin
2882 while Present (S) and then S /= Standard_Standard loop
2883 if Ekind (S) = E_Function then
2884 Outer_S := Scope (S);
2886 -- Retrieve the declaration of the body
2888 Decl := Parent (Parent (
2889 Corresponding_Body (Parent (Parent (S)))));
2890 exit;
2891 end if;
2893 S := Scope (S);
2894 end loop;
2896 -- Push the scope of the function body since we are inserting
2897 -- the list before the body, but we are currently in the body
2898 -- itself. Override the finalization list of PtrT since the
2899 -- finalization context is now different.
2901 Push_Scope (Outer_S);
2902 Build_Final_List (Decl, PtrT);
2903 Pop_Scope;
2904 end;
2906 -- The root allocator may not be controlled, but it still needs a
2907 -- finalization list for all nested coextensions.
2909 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
2910 Build_Final_List (N, PtrT);
2911 end if;
2913 Flist :=
2914 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2915 Prefix =>
2916 New_Reference_To (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT), Loc),
2917 Selector_Name =>
2918 Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_F));
2920 Coext_Elmt := First_Elmt (Coextensions (N));
2921 while Present (Coext_Elmt) loop
2922 Coext := Node (Coext_Elmt);
2924 -- Generate:
2925 -- typ! (coext.all)
2927 if Nkind (Coext) = N_Identifier then
2928 Ref := Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2929 Subtype_Mark =>
2930 New_Reference_To (Etype (Coext), Loc),
2931 Expression =>
2932 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
2933 New_Copy_Tree (Coext)));
2934 else
2935 Ref := New_Copy_Tree (Coext);
2936 end if;
2938 -- Generate:
2939 -- initialize (Ref)
2940 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
2942 if Needs_Initialization_Call (Coext) then
2943 Insert_Actions (N,
2944 Make_Init_Call (
2945 Ref => Ref,
2946 Typ => Etype (Coext),
2947 Flist_Ref => Flist,
2948 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
2950 -- Generate:
2951 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
2953 else
2954 Insert_Action (N,
2955 Make_Attach_Call (
2956 Obj_Ref => Ref,
2957 Flist_Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Flist),
2958 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
2959 end if;
2961 Next_Elmt (Coext_Elmt);
2962 end loop;
2963 end Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
2965 -------------------------
2966 -- Rewrite_Coextension --
2967 -------------------------
2969 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id) is
2970 Temp : constant Node_Id :=
2971 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
2972 New_Internal_Name ('C'));
2974 -- Generate:
2975 -- Cnn : aliased Etyp;
2977 Decl : constant Node_Id :=
2978 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2979 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
2980 Aliased_Present => True,
2981 Object_Definition =>
2982 New_Occurrence_Of (Etyp, Loc));
2983 Nod : Node_Id;
2985 begin
2986 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
2987 Set_Expression (Decl, Expression (Expression (N)));
2988 end if;
2990 -- Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
2992 Nod := Parent (N);
2993 while Present (Nod) loop
2994 exit when Nkind (Nod) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
2995 or else Nkind (Nod) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
2996 or else Nkind (Nod) in N_Declaration;
2997 Nod := Parent (Nod);
2998 end loop;
3000 Insert_Before (Nod, Decl);
3001 Analyze (Decl);
3003 Rewrite (N,
3004 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3005 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3006 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3008 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3009 end Rewrite_Coextension;
3011 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3013 begin
3014 -- RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3015 -- shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3017 -- Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3019 Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type (N);
3021 -- Set the Storage Pool
3023 Set_Storage_Pool (N, Associated_Storage_Pool (Root_Type (PtrT)));
3025 if Present (Storage_Pool (N)) then
3026 if Is_RTE (Storage_Pool (N), RE_SS_Pool) then
3027 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3028 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_SS_Allocate));
3029 end if;
3031 elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Storage_Pool (N))) then
3032 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_Allocate_Any));
3034 else
3035 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N,
3036 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Storage_Pool (N)), Name_Allocate));
3037 end if;
3038 end if;
3040 -- Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an
3041 -- access to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted
3042 -- in AARM 3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3044 -- Size and initial value is known at compile time
3045 -- Access type is access-to-constant
3047 -- The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3048 -- because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3049 -- record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3050 -- analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3052 if Is_Access_Constant (PtrT)
3053 and then Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3054 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Expression (Expression (N)))
3055 and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time (Etype (Expression
3056 (Expression (N))))
3057 and then not Is_Record_Type (Current_Scope)
3058 then
3059 -- Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3061 -- new x'(y)
3063 -- We insert an object declaration
3065 -- Tnn : aliased x := y;
3067 -- and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access.
3068 -- Tnn is marked as requiring static allocation.
3070 Temp :=
3071 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
3073 Desig := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
3075 -- If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3076 -- so that the constant is not labelled as having a nomimally
3077 -- unconstrained subtype.
3079 if Entity (Desig) = Base_Type (Dtyp) then
3080 Desig := New_Occurrence_Of (Dtyp, Loc);
3081 end if;
3083 Insert_Action (N,
3084 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3085 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3086 Aliased_Present => True,
3087 Constant_Present => Is_Access_Constant (PtrT),
3088 Object_Definition => Desig,
3089 Expression => Expression (Expression (N))));
3091 Rewrite (N,
3092 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3093 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3094 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3096 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3098 -- We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't
3099 -- want it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3101 Set_Is_Statically_Allocated (Temp);
3102 return;
3103 end if;
3105 -- Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3106 -- instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3107 -- the enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3109 if Is_Static_Coextension (N) then
3110 Rewrite_Coextension (N);
3111 return;
3112 end if;
3114 -- The current allocator creates an object which may contain nested
3115 -- coextensions. Use the current allocator's finalization list to
3116 -- generate finalization call for all nested coextensions.
3118 if Is_Coextension_Root (N) then
3119 Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3120 end if;
3122 -- Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3124 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3125 Expand_Allocator_Expression (N);
3126 return;
3127 end if;
3129 -- If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3130 -- there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3131 -- rather than a qualifed expression), then we must generate a call
3132 -- to the initialization routine. This is done using an expression
3133 -- actions node:
3135 -- [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3137 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3138 -- subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3139 -- type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3140 -- the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3141 -- that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3142 -- for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3143 -- first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3145 declare
3146 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Expression (N));
3147 Init : Entity_Id;
3148 Arg1 : Node_Id;
3149 Args : List_Id;
3150 Decls : List_Id;
3151 Decl : Node_Id;
3152 Discr : Elmt_Id;
3153 Flist : Node_Id;
3154 Temp_Decl : Node_Id;
3155 Temp_Type : Entity_Id;
3156 Attach_Level : Uint;
3158 begin
3159 if No_Initialization (N) then
3160 null;
3162 -- Case of no initialization procedure present
3164 elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc (T) then
3166 -- Case of simple initialization required
3168 if Needs_Simple_Initialization (T) then
3169 Rewrite (Expression (N),
3170 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
3171 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc),
3172 Expression => Get_Simple_Init_Val (T, Loc)));
3174 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (Expression (N)), T);
3175 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), T);
3176 Set_Paren_Count (Expression (Expression (N)), 1);
3177 Expand_N_Allocator (N);
3179 -- No initialization required
3181 else
3182 null;
3183 end if;
3185 -- Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3187 else
3188 Init := Base_Init_Proc (T);
3189 Nod := N;
3190 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
3192 -- Construct argument list for the initialization routine call.
3193 -- The CPP constructor needs the address directly
3195 if Is_CPP_Class (T) then
3196 Arg1 := New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc);
3197 Temp_Type := T;
3199 else
3200 Arg1 := Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3201 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3202 Set_Assignment_OK (Arg1);
3203 Temp_Type := PtrT;
3205 -- The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if
3206 -- the context is access to class wide, indicate that the
3207 -- object being allocated has the right specific type.
3209 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp) then
3210 Arg1 := Unchecked_Convert_To (T, Arg1);
3211 end if;
3212 end if;
3214 -- If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3215 -- type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first argument
3216 -- in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion to the
3217 -- corresponding record type. If the designated type is a derived
3218 -- type, we also convert the argument to its root type.
3220 if Is_Concurrent_Type (T) then
3221 Arg1 :=
3222 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (T), Arg1);
3224 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3225 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3226 and then Is_Concurrent_Type (Full_View (T))
3227 then
3228 Arg1 :=
3229 Unchecked_Convert_To
3230 (Corresponding_Record_Type (Full_View (T)), Arg1);
3232 elsif Etype (First_Formal (Init)) /= Base_Type (T) then
3233 declare
3234 Ftyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Init));
3236 begin
3237 Arg1 := OK_Convert_To (Etype (Ftyp), Arg1);
3238 Set_Etype (Arg1, Ftyp);
3239 end;
3240 end if;
3242 Args := New_List (Arg1);
3244 -- For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3245 -- the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3246 -- of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3247 -- the generated code for the allocator).
3249 -- In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3250 -- anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3251 -- created when expanding the function declaration.
3253 if Has_Task (T) then
3254 if No (Master_Id (Base_Type (PtrT))) then
3256 -- If we have a non-library level task with the restriction
3257 -- No_Task_Hierarchy set, then no point in expanding.
3259 if not Is_Library_Level_Entity (T)
3260 and then Restriction_Active (No_Task_Hierarchy)
3261 then
3262 return;
3263 end if;
3265 -- The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3266 -- access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3268 pragma Assert (Present (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT))));
3269 Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT)));
3270 end if;
3272 -- If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3273 -- assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3274 -- even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3275 -- connection between task and entity. We build this image
3276 -- when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3277 -- indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3279 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
3280 declare
3281 Nam : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (N));
3283 begin
3284 if Is_Entity_Name (Nam) then
3285 Decls :=
3286 Build_Task_Image_Decls (
3287 Loc,
3288 New_Occurrence_Of
3289 (Entity (Nam), Sloc (Nam)), T);
3291 elsif (Nkind (Nam) = N_Indexed_Component
3292 or else Nkind (Nam) = N_Selected_Component)
3293 and then Is_Entity_Name (Prefix (Nam))
3294 then
3295 Decls :=
3296 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3297 (Loc, Nam, Etype (Prefix (Nam)));
3298 else
3299 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3300 end if;
3301 end;
3303 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Object_Declaration then
3304 Decls :=
3305 Build_Task_Image_Decls (
3306 Loc, Defining_Identifier (Parent (N)), T);
3308 else
3309 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3310 end if;
3312 Append_To (Args,
3313 New_Reference_To
3314 (Master_Id (Base_Type (Root_Type (PtrT))), Loc));
3315 Append_To (Args, Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uChain));
3317 Decl := Last (Decls);
3318 Append_To (Args,
3319 New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (Decl), Loc));
3321 -- Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3323 else
3324 Decls := No_List;
3325 end if;
3327 -- Add discriminants if discriminated type
3329 declare
3330 Dis : Boolean := False;
3331 Typ : Entity_Id;
3333 begin
3334 if Has_Discriminants (T) then
3335 Dis := True;
3336 Typ := T;
3338 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3339 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3340 and then Has_Discriminants (Full_View (T))
3341 then
3342 Dis := True;
3343 Typ := Full_View (T);
3344 end if;
3346 if Dis then
3347 -- If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3348 -- default values for discriminants, then build a
3349 -- subtype with those defaults, and change the allocated
3350 -- subtype to that. Note that this happens in fewer
3351 -- cases in Ada 2005 (AI-363).
3353 if not Is_Constrained (Typ)
3354 and then Present (Discriminant_Default_Value
3355 (First_Discriminant (Typ)))
3356 and then (Ada_Version < Ada_05
3357 or else not Has_Constrained_Partial_View (Typ))
3358 then
3359 Typ := Build_Default_Subtype (Typ, N);
3360 Set_Expression (N, New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc));
3361 end if;
3363 Discr := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Typ));
3364 while Present (Discr) loop
3365 Nod := Node (Discr);
3366 Append (New_Copy_Tree (Node (Discr)), Args);
3368 -- AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3369 -- anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3370 -- check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3372 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
3373 and then Ekind (Etype (Nod)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3374 then
3375 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Nod, Typ);
3376 end if;
3378 Next_Elmt (Discr);
3379 end loop;
3380 end if;
3381 end;
3383 -- We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3384 -- expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3385 -- expansion of the allocator expression.
3387 Set_Analyzed (N, True);
3388 Nod := Relocate_Node (N);
3390 -- Here is the transformation:
3391 -- input: new T
3392 -- output: Temp : constant ptr_T := new T;
3393 -- Init (Temp.all, ...);
3394 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3395 -- <CTRL> Initialize (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3397 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and is the
3398 -- subtype of the allocator.
3400 Temp_Decl :=
3401 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3402 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3403 Constant_Present => True,
3404 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Temp_Type, Loc),
3405 Expression => Nod);
3407 Set_Assignment_OK (Temp_Decl);
3409 if Is_CPP_Class (T) then
3410 Set_Aliased_Present (Temp_Decl);
3411 end if;
3413 Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl, Suppress => All_Checks);
3415 -- If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
3416 -- create block to activate created tasks, and insert
3417 -- declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
3419 if Has_Task (T) then
3420 declare
3421 L : constant List_Id := New_List;
3422 Blk : Node_Id;
3424 begin
3425 Build_Task_Allocate_Block (L, Nod, Args);
3426 Blk := Last (L);
3428 Insert_List_Before (First (Declarations (Blk)), Decls);
3429 Insert_Actions (N, L);
3430 end;
3432 else
3433 Insert_Action (N,
3434 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
3435 Name => New_Reference_To (Init, Loc),
3436 Parameter_Associations => Args));
3437 end if;
3439 if Controlled_Type (T) then
3441 -- Postpone the generation of a finalization call for the
3442 -- current allocator if it acts as a coextension.
3444 if Is_Dynamic_Coextension (N) then
3445 if No (Coextensions (N)) then
3446 Set_Coextensions (N, New_Elmt_List);
3447 end if;
3449 Append_Elmt (New_Copy_Tree (Arg1), Coextensions (N));
3451 else
3452 Flist := Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
3454 -- Anonymous access types created for access parameters
3455 -- are attached to an explicitly constructed controller,
3456 -- which ensures that they can be finalized properly, even
3457 -- if their deallocation might not happen. The list
3458 -- associated with the controller is doubly-linked. For
3459 -- other anonymous access types, the object may end up
3460 -- on the global final list which is singly-linked.
3461 -- Work needed for access discriminants in Ada 2005 ???
3463 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3464 and then
3465 Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
3466 not in N_Subprogram_Specification
3467 then
3468 Attach_Level := Uint_1;
3469 else
3470 Attach_Level := Uint_2;
3471 end if;
3473 Insert_Actions (N,
3474 Make_Init_Call (
3475 Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Arg1),
3476 Typ => T,
3477 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3478 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal
3479 (Loc, Attach_Level)));
3480 end if;
3481 end if;
3483 if Is_CPP_Class (T) then
3484 Rewrite (N,
3485 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3486 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
3487 Attribute_Name => Name_Unchecked_Access));
3488 else
3489 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3490 end if;
3492 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3493 end if;
3494 end;
3496 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
3497 -- object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
3498 -- to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
3500 if Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
3501 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
3502 then
3503 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
3504 end if;
3506 exception
3507 when RE_Not_Available =>
3508 return;
3509 end Expand_N_Allocator;
3511 -----------------------
3512 -- Expand_N_And_Then --
3513 -----------------------
3515 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also deal
3516 -- with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
3518 procedure Expand_N_And_Then (N : Node_Id) is
3519 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3520 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3521 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
3522 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
3523 Actlist : List_Id;
3525 begin
3526 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
3528 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
3529 Adjust_Condition (Left);
3530 Adjust_Condition (Right);
3531 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
3532 end if;
3534 -- Check for cases of left argument is True or False
3536 if Nkind (Left) = N_Identifier then
3538 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to Right.
3539 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
3540 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
3542 if Entity (Left) = Standard_True then
3543 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3544 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
3545 end if;
3547 Rewrite (N, Right);
3548 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3549 return;
3551 -- If left argument is False, change (False and then Right) to False.
3552 -- In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
3553 -- since they will never be executed.
3555 elsif Entity (Left) = Standard_False then
3556 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
3557 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
3558 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3559 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3560 return;
3561 end if;
3562 end if;
3564 -- If Actions are present, we expand
3566 -- left and then right
3568 -- into
3570 -- if left then right else false end
3572 -- with the actions becoming the Then_Actions of the conditional
3573 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
3574 -- (and will eventually disappear)
3576 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3577 Actlist := Actions (N);
3578 Rewrite (N,
3579 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
3580 Expressions => New_List (
3581 Left,
3582 Right,
3583 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
3585 Set_Then_Actions (N, Actlist);
3586 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
3587 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3588 return;
3589 end if;
3591 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
3593 if Nkind (Right) = N_Identifier then
3595 -- Change (Left and then True) to Left. Note that we know there
3596 -- are no actions associated with the True operand, since we
3597 -- just checked for this case above.
3599 if Entity (Right) = Standard_True then
3600 Rewrite (N, Left);
3602 -- Change (Left and then False) to False, making sure to preserve
3603 -- any side effects associated with the Left operand.
3605 elsif Entity (Right) = Standard_False then
3606 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
3607 Rewrite
3608 (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3609 end if;
3610 end if;
3612 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3613 end Expand_N_And_Then;
3615 -------------------------------------
3616 -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
3617 -------------------------------------
3619 -- Expand into expression actions if then/else actions present
3621 procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
3622 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3623 Cond : constant Node_Id := First (Expressions (N));
3624 Thenx : constant Node_Id := Next (Cond);
3625 Elsex : constant Node_Id := Next (Thenx);
3626 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3627 Cnn : Entity_Id;
3628 New_If : Node_Id;
3630 begin
3631 -- If either then or else actions are present, then given:
3633 -- if cond then then-expr else else-expr end
3635 -- we insert the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
3637 -- Cnn : typ;
3638 -- if cond then
3639 -- <<then actions>>
3640 -- Cnn := then-expr;
3641 -- else
3642 -- <<else actions>>
3643 -- Cnn := else-expr
3644 -- end if;
3646 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
3648 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) or else Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
3649 Cnn := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
3651 New_If :=
3652 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
3653 Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
3655 Then_Statements => New_List (
3656 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
3657 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
3658 Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx))),
3660 Else_Statements => New_List (
3661 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
3662 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
3663 Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex))));
3665 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Then_Statements (New_If))));
3666 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Else_Statements (New_If))));
3668 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
3669 Insert_List_Before
3670 (First (Then_Statements (New_If)), Then_Actions (N));
3671 end if;
3673 if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
3674 Insert_List_Before
3675 (First (Else_Statements (New_If)), Else_Actions (N));
3676 end if;
3678 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc));
3680 Insert_Action (N,
3681 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3682 Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
3683 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc)));
3685 Insert_Action (N, New_If);
3686 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
3687 end if;
3688 end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression;
3690 -----------------------------------
3691 -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
3692 -----------------------------------
3694 procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference (N : Node_Id) is
3695 begin
3696 -- Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
3698 Insert_Dereference_Action (Prefix (N));
3699 end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference;
3701 -----------------
3702 -- Expand_N_In --
3703 -----------------
3705 procedure Expand_N_In (N : Node_Id) is
3706 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3707 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3708 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
3709 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
3710 Static : constant Boolean := Is_OK_Static_Expression (N);
3712 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check;
3713 -- Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
3714 -- test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
3716 ----------------------------
3717 -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
3718 ----------------------------
3720 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check is
3721 begin
3722 Rewrite (N,
3723 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3724 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Lop),
3725 Attribute_Name => Name_Valid));
3727 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3729 Error_Msg_N ("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N);
3730 Error_Msg_N ("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N);
3731 return;
3732 end Substitute_Valid_Check;
3734 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_In
3736 begin
3737 -- Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
3738 -- subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
3739 -- test and give a warning.
3741 if Is_Scalar_Type (Etype (Lop))
3742 and then Nkind (Rop) in N_Has_Entity
3743 and then Etype (Lop) = Entity (Rop)
3744 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
3745 and then VM_Target = No_VM
3746 then
3747 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3748 return;
3749 end if;
3751 -- Do validity check on operands
3753 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
3754 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
3755 Validity_Check_Range (Right_Opnd (N));
3756 end if;
3758 -- Case of explicit range
3760 if Nkind (Rop) = N_Range then
3761 declare
3762 Lo : constant Node_Id := Low_Bound (Rop);
3763 Hi : constant Node_Id := High_Bound (Rop);
3765 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
3767 Lo_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Lo);
3768 Hi_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Hi);
3770 Lcheck : constant Compare_Result := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo);
3771 Ucheck : constant Compare_Result := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi);
3773 Warn1 : constant Boolean :=
3774 Constant_Condition_Warnings
3775 and then Comes_From_Source (N);
3776 -- This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
3777 -- clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on.
3779 Warn2 : constant Boolean :=
3780 Warn1
3781 and then Nkind (Original_Node (Rop)) = N_Range
3782 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Lo));
3783 -- For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
3784 -- insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
3785 -- that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
3786 -- common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds
3787 -- is the same as the type of the expression.
3789 begin
3790 -- If test is explicit x'first .. x'last, replace by valid check
3792 if Is_Scalar_Type (Ltyp)
3793 and then Nkind (Lo_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
3794 and then Attribute_Name (Lo_Orig) = Name_First
3795 and then Nkind (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
3796 and then Entity (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) = Ltyp
3797 and then Nkind (Hi_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
3798 and then Attribute_Name (Hi_Orig) = Name_Last
3799 and then Nkind (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
3800 and then Entity (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) = Ltyp
3801 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
3802 and then VM_Target = No_VM
3803 then
3804 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3805 return;
3806 end if;
3808 -- If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
3809 -- are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
3810 -- for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
3811 -- types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
3813 if Comes_From_Source (N)
3814 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Ltyp)
3815 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp))
3816 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp))
3817 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
3818 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
3819 and then Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Hi)
3820 and then Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Lo)
3821 then
3822 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3823 return;
3824 end if;
3826 -- If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based
3827 -- on range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
3829 -- If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
3830 -- the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
3831 -- legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
3833 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
3834 if Warn1 then
3835 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
3836 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be out of range", N);
3837 end if;
3839 Rewrite (N,
3840 New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc));
3841 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3842 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
3844 return;
3846 -- If both checks are known to succeed, replace result
3847 -- by True, since we know we are in range.
3849 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
3850 if Warn1 then
3851 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
3852 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", N);
3853 end if;
3855 Rewrite (N,
3856 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
3857 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3858 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
3860 return;
3862 -- If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
3863 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
3864 -- a comparison against the upper bound.
3866 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE then
3867 if Warn2 then
3868 Error_Msg_N ("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo);
3869 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Lo);
3870 end if;
3872 Rewrite (N,
3873 Make_Op_Le (Loc,
3874 Left_Opnd => Lop,
3875 Right_Opnd => High_Bound (Rop)));
3876 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3878 return;
3880 -- If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
3881 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
3882 -- a comparison against the lower bound.
3884 elsif Ucheck in Compare_LE then
3885 if Warn2 then
3886 Error_Msg_N ("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi);
3887 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Hi);
3888 end if;
3890 Rewrite (N,
3891 Make_Op_Ge (Loc,
3892 Left_Opnd => Lop,
3893 Right_Opnd => Low_Bound (Rop)));
3894 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3896 return;
3897 end if;
3898 end;
3900 -- For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
3902 return;
3904 -- Here right operand is a subtype mark
3906 else
3907 declare
3908 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
3909 Is_Acc : constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type (Typ);
3910 Obj : Node_Id := Lop;
3911 Cond : Node_Id := Empty;
3913 begin
3914 Remove_Side_Effects (Obj);
3916 -- For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
3918 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typ) then
3920 -- No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
3921 -- back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
3922 -- are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
3923 -- normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
3925 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3926 Rewrite (N, Tagged_Membership (N));
3927 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3928 end if;
3930 return;
3932 -- If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'first .. t'last.
3933 -- This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
3934 -- type if they come from the original type definition.
3936 elsif Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
3937 Rewrite (Rop,
3938 Make_Range (Loc,
3939 Low_Bound =>
3940 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3941 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
3942 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
3944 High_Bound =>
3945 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3946 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
3947 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
3948 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3949 return;
3951 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
3952 -- a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
3953 -- Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
3954 -- discriminants.
3956 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Typ))
3957 and then Is_Constrained (Typ)
3958 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lop)
3959 then
3960 Insert_Action (N,
3961 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
3962 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
3964 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
3965 -- the test as a standard False.
3967 Rewrite (N,
3968 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3970 return;
3971 end if;
3973 -- Here we have a non-scalar type
3975 if Is_Acc then
3976 Typ := Designated_Type (Typ);
3977 end if;
3979 if not Is_Constrained (Typ) then
3980 Rewrite (N,
3981 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
3982 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3984 -- For the constrained array case, we have to check the
3985 -- subscripts for an exact match if the lengths are
3986 -- non-zero (the lengths must match in any case).
3988 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
3990 Check_Subscripts : declare
3991 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
3992 (E : Node_Id;
3993 Nam : Name_Id;
3994 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id;
3995 -- Build attribute reference E'Nam(Dim)
3997 -----------------------------------
3998 -- Construct_Attribute_Reference --
3999 -----------------------------------
4001 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4002 (E : Node_Id;
4003 Nam : Name_Id;
4004 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id
4006 begin
4007 return
4008 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4009 Prefix => E,
4010 Attribute_Name => Nam,
4011 Expressions => New_List (
4012 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Dim)));
4013 end Construct_Attribute_Reference;
4015 -- Start processing for Check_Subscripts
4017 begin
4018 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Typ) loop
4019 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4020 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4021 Left_Opnd =>
4022 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4023 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4024 Name_First, J),
4025 Right_Opnd =>
4026 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4027 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_First, J)));
4029 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4030 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4031 Left_Opnd =>
4032 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4033 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4034 Name_Last, J),
4035 Right_Opnd =>
4036 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4037 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_Last, J)));
4038 end loop;
4040 if Is_Acc then
4041 Cond :=
4042 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4043 Left_Opnd =>
4044 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4045 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4046 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4047 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4048 end if;
4050 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4051 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4052 end Check_Subscripts;
4054 -- These are the cases where constraint checks may be
4055 -- required, e.g. records with possible discriminants
4057 else
4058 -- Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
4059 -- The expression that is built is the negation of the one
4060 -- that is used for checking discriminant constraints.
4062 Obj := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
4064 if Has_Discriminants (Typ) then
4065 Cond := Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4066 Right_Opnd => Build_Discriminant_Checks (Obj, Typ));
4068 if Is_Acc then
4069 Cond := Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4070 Left_Opnd =>
4071 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4072 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4073 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4074 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4075 end if;
4077 else
4078 Cond := New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc);
4079 end if;
4081 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4082 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4083 end if;
4084 end;
4085 end if;
4086 end Expand_N_In;
4088 --------------------------------
4089 -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
4090 --------------------------------
4092 procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component (N : Node_Id) is
4093 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4094 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4095 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
4096 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (P);
4098 begin
4099 -- A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that
4100 -- is selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice,
4101 -- since, for example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The
4102 -- only difference is the range check required by the slice. The
4103 -- range check for the slice itself has already been generated.
4104 -- The range check for the subscripting operation is ensured
4105 -- by converting the subject to the subtype of the slice.
4107 -- This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding
4108 -- slice messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly
4109 -- bypasses some problems in handling this peculiar case, for
4110 -- example, the issue of dealing specially with object renamings.
4112 if Nkind (P) = N_Slice then
4113 Rewrite (N,
4114 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
4115 Prefix => Prefix (P),
4116 Expressions => New_List (
4117 Convert_To
4118 (Etype (First_Index (Etype (P))),
4119 First (Expressions (N))))));
4120 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4121 return;
4122 end if;
4124 -- If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite
4125 -- if as an explicit deference. This simplifies processing for several
4126 -- cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which
4127 -- checks must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it
4128 -- was necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
4130 if Is_Access_Type (T) then
4131 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
4132 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (T));
4133 end if;
4135 -- Generate index and validity checks
4137 Generate_Index_Checks (N);
4139 if Validity_Checks_On and then Validity_Check_Subscripts then
4140 Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks (N);
4141 end if;
4143 -- All done for the non-packed case
4145 if not Is_Packed (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4146 return;
4147 end if;
4149 -- For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
4150 -- with one or more index types with a non-coniguous enumeration type),
4151 -- we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
4153 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4154 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4155 return;
4156 end if;
4158 -- For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
4159 -- convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
4160 -- We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
4162 -- Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment,
4163 -- or prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
4164 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
4166 -- Renaming objects in renaming associations
4167 -- This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
4169 -- Actual parameters for a procedure call
4170 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
4172 -- The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
4174 -- The prefix of an address or size attribute reference
4176 -- The following circuit detects these exceptions
4178 declare
4179 Child : Node_Id := N;
4180 Parnt : Node_Id := Parent (N);
4182 begin
4183 loop
4184 if Nkind (Parnt) = N_Unchecked_Expression then
4185 null;
4187 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Object_Renaming_Declaration
4188 or else Nkind (Parnt) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
4189 or else (Nkind (Parnt) = N_Parameter_Association
4190 and then
4191 Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4192 then
4193 return;
4195 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4196 and then (Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Address
4197 or else
4198 Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Size)
4199 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4200 then
4201 return;
4203 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Assignment_Statement
4204 and then Name (Parnt) = Child
4205 then
4206 return;
4208 -- If the expression is an index of an indexed component,
4209 -- it must be expanded regardless of context.
4211 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Indexed_Component
4212 and then Child /= Prefix (Parnt)
4213 then
4214 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4215 return;
4217 elsif Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Assignment_Statement
4218 and then Name (Parent (Parnt)) = Parnt
4219 then
4220 return;
4222 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4223 and then Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Read
4224 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parnt))) = Child
4225 then
4226 return;
4228 elsif (Nkind (Parnt) = N_Indexed_Component
4229 or else Nkind (Parnt) = N_Selected_Component)
4230 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4231 then
4232 null;
4234 else
4235 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4236 return;
4237 end if;
4239 -- Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are
4240 -- the prefix of a possible assignment left side.
4242 Child := Parnt;
4243 Parnt := Parent (Child);
4244 end loop;
4245 end;
4246 end Expand_N_Indexed_Component;
4248 ---------------------
4249 -- Expand_N_Not_In --
4250 ---------------------
4252 -- Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
4253 -- can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
4255 procedure Expand_N_Not_In (N : Node_Id) is
4256 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4257 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4258 Cfs : constant Boolean := Comes_From_Source (N);
4260 begin
4261 Rewrite (N,
4262 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4263 Right_Opnd =>
4264 Make_In (Loc,
4265 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
4266 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N))));
4268 -- We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
4269 -- tranformations in Expand_N_In).
4271 Set_Comes_From_Source (N, Cfs);
4272 Set_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (N), Cfs);
4274 -- Now analyze tranformed node
4276 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4277 end Expand_N_Not_In;
4279 -------------------
4280 -- Expand_N_Null --
4281 -------------------
4283 -- The only replacement required is for the case of a null of type
4284 -- that is an access to protected subprogram. We represent such
4285 -- access values as a record, and so we must replace the occurrence
4286 -- of null by the equivalent record (with a null address and a null
4287 -- pointer in it), so that the backend creates the proper value.
4289 procedure Expand_N_Null (N : Node_Id) is
4290 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4291 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4292 Agg : Node_Id;
4294 begin
4295 if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type (Typ) then
4296 Agg :=
4297 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
4298 Expressions => New_List (
4299 New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_Null_Address), Loc),
4300 Make_Null (Loc)));
4302 Rewrite (N, Agg);
4303 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Equivalent_Type (Typ));
4305 -- For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its
4306 -- type. Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding
4307 -- record type before processing the node.
4309 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
4310 end if;
4312 exception
4313 when RE_Not_Available =>
4314 return;
4315 end Expand_N_Null;
4317 ---------------------
4318 -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
4319 ---------------------
4321 procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs (N : Node_Id) is
4322 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4323 Expr : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4325 begin
4326 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4328 -- Deal with software overflow checking
4330 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
4331 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
4332 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
4333 then
4334 -- The only case to worry about is when the argument is
4335 -- equal to the largest negative number, so what we do is
4336 -- to insert the check:
4338 -- [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
4340 -- with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
4342 Insert_Action (N,
4343 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
4344 Condition =>
4345 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4346 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Expr),
4347 Right_Opnd =>
4348 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4349 Prefix =>
4350 New_Occurrence_Of (Base_Type (Etype (Expr)), Loc),
4351 Attribute_Name => Name_First)),
4352 Reason => CE_Overflow_Check_Failed));
4353 end if;
4355 -- Vax floating-point types case
4357 if Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
4358 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4359 end if;
4360 end Expand_N_Op_Abs;
4362 ---------------------
4363 -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
4364 ---------------------
4366 procedure Expand_N_Op_Add (N : Node_Id) is
4367 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4369 begin
4370 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4372 -- N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
4374 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4375 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
4376 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
4377 then
4378 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
4379 return;
4381 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left_Opnd (N))
4382 and then Expr_Value (Left_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
4383 then
4384 Rewrite (N, Right_Opnd (N));
4385 return;
4386 end if;
4387 end if;
4389 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
4391 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
4392 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
4393 then
4394 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
4395 return;
4397 -- Vax floating-point types case
4399 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
4400 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4401 end if;
4402 end Expand_N_Op_Add;
4404 ---------------------
4405 -- Expand_N_Op_And --
4406 ---------------------
4408 procedure Expand_N_Op_And (N : Node_Id) is
4409 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4411 begin
4412 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4414 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
4415 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
4417 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
4418 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
4419 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
4420 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
4421 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
4422 end if;
4423 end Expand_N_Op_And;
4425 ------------------------
4426 -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
4427 ------------------------
4429 Max_Available_String_Operands : Int := -1;
4430 -- This is initialized the first time this routine is called. It records
4431 -- a value of 0,2,3,4,5 depending on what Str_Concat_n procedures are
4432 -- available in the run-time:
4434 -- 0 None available
4435 -- 2 RE_Str_Concat available, RE_Str_Concat_3 not available
4436 -- 3 RE_Str_Concat/Concat_2 available, RE_Str_Concat_4 not available
4437 -- 4 RE_Str_Concat/Concat_2/3 available, RE_Str_Concat_5 not available
4438 -- 5 All routines including RE_Str_Concat_5 available
4440 Char_Concat_Available : Boolean;
4441 -- Records if the routines RE_Str_Concat_CC/CS/SC are available. True if
4442 -- all three are available, False if any one of these is unavailable.
4444 procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat (N : Node_Id) is
4445 Opnds : List_Id;
4446 -- List of operands to be concatenated
4448 Opnd : Node_Id;
4449 -- Single operand for concatenation
4451 Cnode : Node_Id;
4452 -- Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating
4453 -- the nodes in the list Opnds.
4455 Atyp : Entity_Id;
4456 -- Array type of concatenation result type
4458 Ctyp : Entity_Id;
4459 -- Component type of concatenation represented by Cnode
4461 begin
4462 -- Initialize global variables showing run-time status
4464 if Max_Available_String_Operands < 1 then
4466 -- In No_Run_Time mode, consider that no entities are available
4468 -- This seems wrong, RTE_Available should return False for any entity
4469 -- that is not in the special No_Run_Time list of allowed entities???
4471 if No_Run_Time_Mode then
4472 Max_Available_String_Operands := 0;
4474 -- Otherwise see what routines are available and set max operand
4475 -- count according to the highest count available in the run-time.
4477 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat) then
4478 Max_Available_String_Operands := 0;
4480 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_3) then
4481 Max_Available_String_Operands := 2;
4483 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_4) then
4484 Max_Available_String_Operands := 3;
4486 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_5) then
4487 Max_Available_String_Operands := 4;
4489 else
4490 Max_Available_String_Operands := 5;
4491 end if;
4493 Char_Concat_Available :=
4494 not No_Run_Time_Mode
4495 and then
4496 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_CC)
4497 and then
4498 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_CS)
4499 and then
4500 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_SC);
4501 end if;
4503 -- Ensure validity of both operands
4505 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4507 -- If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the
4508 -- tree, then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a
4509 -- series of concatenations as a unit.
4511 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Concat
4512 and then N = Left_Opnd (Parent (N))
4513 then
4514 return;
4515 end if;
4517 -- We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
4518 -- concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
4519 -- these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
4520 -- from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
4522 Cnode := N;
4523 while Nkind (Left_Opnd (Cnode)) = N_Op_Concat loop
4524 Cnode := Left_Opnd (Cnode);
4525 end loop;
4527 -- Now Opnd is the deepest Opnd, and its parents are the concatenation
4528 -- nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the operations. We
4529 -- gather a string that is as long as possible up to five operands
4531 -- The outer loop runs more than once if there are more than five
4532 -- concatenations of type Standard.String, the most we handle for
4533 -- this case, or if more than one concatenation type is involved.
4535 Outer : loop
4536 Opnds := New_List (Left_Opnd (Cnode), Right_Opnd (Cnode));
4537 Set_Parent (Opnds, N);
4539 -- The inner loop gathers concatenation operands. We gather any
4540 -- number of these in the non-string case, or if no concatenation
4541 -- routines are available for string (since in that case we will
4542 -- treat string like any other non-string case). Otherwise we only
4543 -- gather as many operands as can be handled by the available
4544 -- procedures in the run-time library (normally 5, but may be
4545 -- less for the configurable run-time case).
4547 Inner : while Cnode /= N
4548 and then (Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) /= Standard_String
4549 or else
4550 Max_Available_String_Operands = 0
4551 or else
4552 List_Length (Opnds) <
4553 Max_Available_String_Operands)
4554 and then Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) =
4555 Base_Type (Etype (Parent (Cnode)))
4556 loop
4557 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
4558 Append (Right_Opnd (Cnode), Opnds);
4559 end loop Inner;
4561 -- Here we process the collected operands. First we convert
4562 -- singleton operands to singleton aggregates. This is skipped
4563 -- however for the case of two operands of type String, since
4564 -- we have special routines for these cases.
4566 Atyp := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
4567 Ctyp := Base_Type (Component_Type (Etype (Cnode)));
4569 if (List_Length (Opnds) > 2 or else Atyp /= Standard_String)
4570 or else not Char_Concat_Available
4571 then
4572 Opnd := First (Opnds);
4573 loop
4574 if Base_Type (Etype (Opnd)) = Ctyp then
4575 Rewrite (Opnd,
4576 Make_Aggregate (Sloc (Cnode),
4577 Expressions => New_List (Relocate_Node (Opnd))));
4578 Analyze_And_Resolve (Opnd, Atyp);
4579 end if;
4581 Next (Opnd);
4582 exit when No (Opnd);
4583 end loop;
4584 end if;
4586 -- Now call appropriate continuation routine
4588 if Atyp = Standard_String
4589 and then Max_Available_String_Operands > 0
4590 then
4591 Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode, Opnds);
4592 else
4593 Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode, Opnds);
4594 end if;
4596 exit Outer when Cnode = N;
4597 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
4598 end loop Outer;
4599 end Expand_N_Op_Concat;
4601 ------------------------
4602 -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
4603 ------------------------
4605 procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide (N : Node_Id) is
4606 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4607 Lopnd : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4608 Ropnd : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4609 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lopnd);
4610 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Ropnd);
4611 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4612 Rknow : constant Boolean := Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
4613 and then
4614 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Ropnd);
4615 Rval : Uint;
4617 begin
4618 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4620 if Rknow then
4621 Rval := Expr_Value (Ropnd);
4622 end if;
4624 -- N / 1 = N for integer types
4626 if Rknow and then Rval = Uint_1 then
4627 Rewrite (N, Lopnd);
4628 return;
4629 end if;
4631 -- Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
4632 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
4633 -- operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
4635 if Nkind (Ropnd) = N_Op_Expon
4636 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Ropnd)
4638 -- We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
4639 -- have 64-bit -- integers and long shifts are not available.
4641 and then
4642 (Esize (Ltyp) <= 32
4643 or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target)
4644 then
4645 Rewrite (N,
4646 Make_Op_Shift_Right (Loc,
4647 Left_Opnd => Lopnd,
4648 Right_Opnd =>
4649 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Ropnd))));
4650 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4651 return;
4652 end if;
4654 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
4656 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
4657 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
4658 Typ := Etype (N);
4659 end if;
4661 -- Divisions with fixed-point results
4663 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
4665 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set,
4666 -- since from a semantic point of view such operations are
4667 -- simply integer operations and will be treated that way.
4669 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
4670 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
4671 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
4672 else
4673 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
4674 end if;
4675 end if;
4677 -- Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we
4678 -- exclude the case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
4680 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else
4681 Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
4682 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
4683 then
4684 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4685 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
4686 else
4687 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
4688 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
4689 end if;
4691 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal
4692 -- context, in which case the integer argument must be converted
4693 -- explicitly.
4695 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
4696 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
4697 then
4698 Rewrite (Ropnd,
4699 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Ropnd)));
4701 Analyze_And_Resolve (Ropnd, Universal_Real);
4703 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
4704 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
4705 then
4706 Rewrite (Lopnd,
4707 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lopnd)));
4709 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lopnd, Universal_Real);
4711 -- Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
4713 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4714 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
4716 -- Check for 64-bit division available, or long shifts if the divisor
4717 -- is a small power of 2 (since such divides will be converted into
4718 -- long shifts.
4720 if Esize (Ltyp) > 32
4721 and then not Support_64_Bit_Divides_On_Target
4722 and then
4723 (not Rknow
4724 or else not Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
4725 or else (Rval /= Uint_2 and then
4726 Rval /= Uint_4 and then
4727 Rval /= Uint_8 and then
4728 Rval /= Uint_16 and then
4729 Rval /= Uint_32 and then
4730 Rval /= Uint_64))
4731 then
4732 Error_Msg_CRT ("64-bit division", N);
4733 end if;
4735 -- Deal with Vax_Float
4737 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
4738 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4739 return;
4740 end if;
4741 end Expand_N_Op_Divide;
4743 --------------------
4744 -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
4745 --------------------
4747 procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq (N : Node_Id) is
4748 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4749 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4750 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4751 Rhs : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4752 Bodies : constant List_Id := New_List;
4753 A_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lhs);
4755 Typl : Entity_Id := A_Typ;
4756 Op_Name : Entity_Id;
4757 Prim : Elmt_Id;
4759 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id);
4760 -- If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
4761 -- build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
4762 -- inherited.
4764 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean;
4765 -- Determines whether a type has a subcompoment of an unconstrained
4766 -- Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
4768 -------------------------
4769 -- Build_Equality_Call --
4770 -------------------------
4772 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id) is
4773 Op_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq));
4774 L_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Lhs);
4775 R_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Rhs);
4777 begin
4778 if Base_Type (Op_Type) /= Base_Type (A_Typ)
4779 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (A_Typ)
4780 then
4781 L_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, L_Exp);
4782 R_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, R_Exp);
4783 end if;
4785 -- If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
4786 -- discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
4787 -- point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
4788 -- inferable discriminants.
4790 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Op_Type) then
4791 declare
4792 Lhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (L_Exp);
4793 Rhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (R_Exp);
4794 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
4795 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
4797 begin
4798 -- Per-object constrained selected components require special
4799 -- attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
4800 -- Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
4801 -- directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
4802 -- the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
4804 -- type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
4805 -- . . .
4806 -- end record;
4807 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
4809 -- 1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
4811 -- type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
4812 -- . . .
4813 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
4814 -- . . .
4815 -- end Enclosing_UU_Type;
4816 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
4818 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
4819 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
4821 -- [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
4823 -- Generated code:
4825 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
4827 -- A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
4828 -- of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
4829 -- formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
4831 -- 2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
4833 -- type
4834 -- Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
4835 -- is record
4836 -- . . .
4837 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
4838 -- . . .
4839 -- end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
4841 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
4842 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
4844 -- ... Obj1 = Obj2 ...
4846 -- Generated code:
4848 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
4849 -- obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
4851 -- In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
4852 -- the enclosing record.
4854 -- Lhs of equality
4856 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
4857 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
4858 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
4859 then
4860 -- Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
4862 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Scope
4863 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs))))
4864 then
4865 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4866 Make_Identifier (Loc,
4867 Chars => Name_A);
4869 -- Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
4870 -- possible to reference the discriminant.
4872 else
4873 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4874 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
4875 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
4876 Selector_Name =>
4877 New_Copy
4878 (Get_Discriminant_Value
4879 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
4880 Lhs_Type,
4881 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
4882 end if;
4884 -- Comment needed here ???
4886 else
4887 -- Infer the discriminant value
4889 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4890 New_Copy
4891 (Get_Discriminant_Value
4892 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
4893 Lhs_Type,
4894 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
4895 end if;
4897 -- Rhs of equality
4899 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
4900 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
4901 (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
4902 then
4903 if Is_Unchecked_Union
4904 (Scope (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs))))
4905 then
4906 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4907 Make_Identifier (Loc,
4908 Chars => Name_B);
4910 else
4911 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4912 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
4913 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
4914 Selector_Name =>
4915 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
4916 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
4917 Rhs_Type,
4918 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
4920 end if;
4921 else
4922 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4923 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
4924 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
4925 Rhs_Type,
4926 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
4928 end if;
4930 Rewrite (N,
4931 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
4932 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
4933 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
4934 L_Exp,
4935 R_Exp,
4936 Lhs_Discr_Val,
4937 Rhs_Discr_Val)));
4938 end;
4940 -- Normal case, not an unchecked union
4942 else
4943 Rewrite (N,
4944 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
4945 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
4946 Parameter_Associations => New_List (L_Exp, R_Exp)));
4947 end if;
4949 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
4950 end Build_Equality_Call;
4952 ------------------------------------
4953 -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
4954 ------------------------------------
4956 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
4957 (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean
4959 Tdef : constant Node_Id :=
4960 Type_Definition (Declaration_Node (Base_Type (Typ)));
4961 Clist : Node_Id;
4962 Vpart : Node_Id;
4964 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
4965 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
4966 -- Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
4967 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
4969 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
4970 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean;
4971 -- Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
4972 -- Unchecked_Union subtype.
4974 -----------------------------------
4975 -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
4976 -----------------------------------
4978 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
4979 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean
4981 begin
4982 if Nkind (Comp) /= N_Component_Declaration then
4983 return False;
4984 end if;
4986 declare
4987 Sindic : constant Node_Id :=
4988 Subtype_Indication (Component_Definition (Comp));
4990 begin
4991 -- Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
4992 -- present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
4994 if Nkind (Sindic) = N_Identifier then
4995 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (Sindic)));
4996 end if;
4998 return False;
4999 end;
5000 end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5002 ---------------------------------
5003 -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5004 ---------------------------------
5006 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5007 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean
5009 Clist : constant Node_Id := Component_List (Variant);
5011 begin
5012 if Is_Empty_List (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5013 return False;
5014 end if;
5016 -- We only need to test one component
5018 declare
5019 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5021 begin
5022 while Present (Comp) loop
5023 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5024 return True;
5025 end if;
5027 Next (Comp);
5028 end loop;
5029 end;
5031 -- None of the components withing the variant were of
5032 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
5034 return False;
5035 end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5037 -- Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5039 begin
5040 if Null_Present (Tdef) then
5041 return False;
5042 end if;
5044 Clist := Component_List (Tdef);
5045 Vpart := Variant_Part (Clist);
5047 -- Inspect available components
5049 if Present (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5050 declare
5051 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5053 begin
5054 while Present (Comp) loop
5056 -- One component is sufficent
5058 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5059 return True;
5060 end if;
5062 Next (Comp);
5063 end loop;
5064 end;
5065 end if;
5067 -- Inspect available components withing variants
5069 if Present (Vpart) then
5070 declare
5071 Variant : Node_Id := First (Variants (Vpart));
5073 begin
5074 while Present (Variant) loop
5076 -- One component within a variant is sufficent
5078 if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Variant) then
5079 return True;
5080 end if;
5082 Next (Variant);
5083 end loop;
5084 end;
5085 end if;
5087 -- Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
5088 -- variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
5090 return False;
5091 end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component;
5093 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
5095 begin
5096 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5098 if Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Type then
5099 Typl := Underlying_Type (Typl);
5100 elsif Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Subtype then
5101 Typl := Underlying_Type (Base_Type (Typl));
5102 else
5103 null;
5104 end if;
5106 -- It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
5107 -- set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
5108 -- expander code.
5110 if No (Typl) then
5111 return;
5112 end if;
5114 Typl := Base_Type (Typl);
5116 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
5118 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typl) then
5119 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5120 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5121 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5122 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5124 -- Array types
5126 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typl) then
5128 -- If we are doing full validity checking, then expand out array
5129 -- comparisons to make sure that we check the array elements.
5131 if Validity_Check_Operands then
5132 declare
5133 Save_Force_Validity_Checks : constant Boolean :=
5134 Force_Validity_Checks;
5135 begin
5136 Force_Validity_Checks := True;
5137 Rewrite (N,
5138 Expand_Array_Equality
5140 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5141 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5142 Bodies,
5143 Typl));
5144 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies);
5145 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
5146 Force_Validity_Checks := Save_Force_Validity_Checks;
5147 end;
5149 -- Packed case where both operands are known aligned
5151 elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typl)
5152 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5153 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5154 then
5155 Expand_Packed_Eq (N);
5157 -- Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
5158 -- comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
5159 -- of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
5160 -- element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
5161 -- to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
5163 elsif Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5164 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5165 and then not Is_Atomic (Component_Type (Typl))
5166 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5167 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5168 and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
5169 then
5170 null;
5172 -- For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop
5173 -- to make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types,
5174 -- and correctly handling the floating-point case.
5176 else
5177 Rewrite (N,
5178 Expand_Array_Equality
5180 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5181 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5182 Bodies,
5183 Typl));
5184 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5185 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5186 end if;
5188 -- Record Types
5190 elsif Is_Record_Type (Typl) then
5192 -- For tagged types, use the primitive "="
5194 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typl) then
5196 -- No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
5197 -- No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
5198 -- already notified such violation.
5200 if Restriction_Active (No_Dispatching_Calls) then
5201 return;
5202 end if;
5204 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed
5205 -- with a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we
5206 -- use the primitive operations of the private type.
5207 -- This check should no longer be necessary when these
5208 -- types receive their full views ???
5210 if Is_Private_Type (A_Typ)
5211 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (A_Typ)
5212 and then Is_Derived_Type (A_Typ)
5213 and then No (Full_View (A_Typ))
5214 then
5215 -- Search for equality operation, checking that the
5216 -- operands have the same type. Note that we must find
5217 -- a matching entry, or something is very wrong!
5219 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (A_Typ));
5221 while Present (Prim) loop
5222 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5223 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5224 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5225 and then
5226 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5228 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5229 end loop;
5231 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5232 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5234 -- Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
5235 -- user-defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
5236 -- Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
5237 -- overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that
5238 -- we want, so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there
5239 -- could be an equality with two different parameter types).
5241 else
5242 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Typl) then
5243 Typl := Root_Type (Typl);
5244 end if;
5246 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Typl));
5247 while Present (Prim) loop
5248 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5249 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5250 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5251 and then
5252 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5254 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5255 end loop;
5257 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5258 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5259 end if;
5261 Build_Equality_Call (Op_Name);
5263 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
5264 -- predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
5265 -- of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
5267 elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typl) then
5268 Insert_Action (N,
5269 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5270 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5272 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5273 -- equality as a standard False.
5275 Rewrite (N,
5276 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5278 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Typl) then
5280 -- If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
5281 -- call to the TSS equality function.
5283 if Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lhs)
5284 and then
5285 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Rhs)
5286 then
5287 Build_Equality_Call
5288 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5290 else
5291 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
5292 -- the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
5293 -- if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
5295 Insert_Action (N,
5296 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5297 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5299 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
5300 -- the equality as a standard False.
5302 Rewrite (N,
5303 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5305 end if;
5307 -- If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
5309 elsif Present (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality)) then
5310 Build_Equality_Call
5311 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5313 -- Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
5314 -- we never use block-bit coparisons for records, because of the
5315 -- problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
5316 -- the separate comparisons that we generate here.
5318 else
5319 Remove_Side_Effects (Lhs);
5320 Remove_Side_Effects (Rhs);
5321 Rewrite (N,
5322 Expand_Record_Equality (N, Typl, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies));
5324 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5325 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5326 end if;
5327 end if;
5329 -- Test if result is known at compile time
5331 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5333 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
5335 if Vax_Float (Typl) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5336 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5337 return;
5338 end if;
5339 end Expand_N_Op_Eq;
5341 -----------------------
5342 -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
5343 -----------------------
5345 procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon (N : Node_Id) is
5346 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5347 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5348 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Typ);
5349 Base : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
5350 Bastyp : constant Node_Id := Etype (Base);
5351 Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
5352 Exptyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Exp);
5353 Ovflo : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5354 Expv : Uint;
5355 Xnode : Node_Id;
5356 Temp : Node_Id;
5357 Rent : RE_Id;
5358 Ent : Entity_Id;
5359 Etyp : Entity_Id;
5361 begin
5362 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5364 -- If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of
5365 -- an intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using
5366 -- root types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise
5367 -- the private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications
5368 -- or shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type
5369 -- is different from the base type.
5371 if Is_Private_Type (Etype (Base))
5372 or else
5373 Is_Private_Type (Typ)
5374 or else
5375 Is_Private_Type (Exptyp)
5376 or else
5377 Rtyp /= Root_Type (Bastyp)
5378 then
5379 declare
5380 Bt : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Bastyp));
5381 Et : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Exptyp));
5383 begin
5384 Rewrite (N,
5385 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5386 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
5387 Left_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Bt, Base),
5388 Right_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Et, Exp))));
5389 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5390 return;
5391 end;
5392 end if;
5394 -- Test for case of known right argument
5396 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Exp) then
5397 Expv := Expr_Value (Exp);
5399 -- We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
5400 -- could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
5401 -- can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
5402 -- the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
5403 -- See ACVC test C4A012B.
5405 if Expv >= 0 and then Expv <= 4 then
5407 -- X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
5409 if Expv = 0 then
5410 if Ekind (Typ) in Integer_Kind then
5411 Xnode := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Intval => 1);
5412 else
5413 Xnode := Make_Real_Literal (Loc, Ureal_1);
5414 end if;
5416 -- X ** 1 = X
5418 elsif Expv = 1 then
5419 Xnode := Base;
5421 -- X ** 2 = X * X
5423 elsif Expv = 2 then
5424 Xnode :=
5425 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5426 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5427 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5429 -- X ** 3 = X * X * X
5431 elsif Expv = 3 then
5432 Xnode :=
5433 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5434 Left_Opnd =>
5435 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5436 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5437 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)),
5438 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5440 -- X ** 4 ->
5441 -- En : constant base'type := base * base;
5442 -- ...
5443 -- En * En
5445 else -- Expv = 4
5446 Temp :=
5447 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
5449 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
5450 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
5451 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
5452 Constant_Present => True,
5453 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc),
5454 Expression =>
5455 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5456 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5457 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)))));
5459 Xnode :=
5460 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5461 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
5462 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
5463 end if;
5465 Rewrite (N, Xnode);
5466 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5467 return;
5468 end if;
5469 end if;
5471 -- Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
5472 -- multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
5473 -- negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
5474 -- the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
5475 -- of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
5477 if Nkind (Base) = N_Integer_Literal
5478 and then Intval (Base) = 2
5479 and then Is_Integer_Type (Root_Type (Exptyp))
5480 and then Esize (Root_Type (Exptyp)) <= Esize (Standard_Integer)
5481 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Exptyp)
5482 and then not Ovflo
5483 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
5484 then
5485 declare
5486 P : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
5487 L : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (P);
5488 R : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (P);
5490 begin
5491 if (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Multiply
5492 and then
5493 ((Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L)) and then R = N)
5494 or else
5495 (Is_Integer_Type (Etype (R)) and then L = N))
5496 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
5498 or else
5499 (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Divide
5500 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L))
5501 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (L))
5502 and then R = N
5503 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
5504 then
5505 Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (N);
5506 return;
5507 end if;
5508 end;
5509 end if;
5511 -- Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
5513 -- First deal with modular case
5515 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5517 -- Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
5518 -- the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
5519 -- and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
5520 -- to the base type.
5522 if Non_Binary_Modulus (Rtyp) then
5523 Rewrite (N,
5524 Convert_To (Typ,
5525 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5526 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Exp_Modular), Loc),
5527 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5528 Convert_To (Standard_Integer, Base),
5529 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp)),
5530 Exp))));
5532 -- Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either
5533 -- the unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer
5534 -- case, with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
5536 else
5537 if UI_To_Int (Esize (Rtyp)) <= Standard_Integer_Size then
5538 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Unsigned);
5539 else
5540 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned);
5541 end if;
5543 Rewrite (N,
5544 Convert_To (Typ,
5545 Make_Op_And (Loc,
5546 Left_Opnd =>
5547 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5548 Name => New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc),
5549 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5550 Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Ent)), Base),
5551 Exp)),
5552 Right_Opnd =>
5553 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp) - 1))));
5555 end if;
5557 -- Common exit point for modular type case
5559 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5560 return;
5562 -- Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
5563 -- It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
5564 -- most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
5565 -- might need certification when a certified run time is required.
5567 -- In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
5568 -- checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
5569 -- is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
5571 elsif Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Long_Integer)
5572 or else (Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Integer)
5573 and then
5574 Esize (Standard_Long_Integer) > Esize (Standard_Integer))
5575 or else (Rtyp = Universal_Integer)
5576 then
5577 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
5579 if Ovflo then
5580 Rent := RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer;
5581 else
5582 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer;
5583 end if;
5585 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5586 Etyp := Standard_Integer;
5588 if Ovflo then
5589 Rent := RE_Exp_Integer;
5590 else
5591 Rent := RE_Exn_Integer;
5592 end if;
5594 -- Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
5595 -- need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
5596 -- of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
5597 -- that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
5598 -- generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
5600 else
5601 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Rtyp));
5602 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Float;
5603 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float;
5604 end if;
5606 -- Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
5607 -- If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
5609 if Typ = Etyp
5610 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Integer
5611 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Real
5612 then
5613 Rewrite (N,
5614 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5615 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
5616 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Base, Exp)));
5618 -- Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
5619 -- required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
5620 -- typed using one of the standard types.
5622 else
5623 Rewrite (N,
5624 Convert_To (Typ,
5625 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5626 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
5627 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5628 Convert_To (Etyp, Base),
5629 Exp))));
5630 end if;
5632 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5633 return;
5635 exception
5636 when RE_Not_Available =>
5637 return;
5638 end Expand_N_Op_Expon;
5640 --------------------
5641 -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
5642 --------------------
5644 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge (N : Node_Id) is
5645 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5646 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5647 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5648 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5650 begin
5651 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5653 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5654 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5655 return;
5656 end if;
5658 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5659 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5660 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5661 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5662 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5663 end if;
5665 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5667 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5669 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5670 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5671 return;
5672 end if;
5673 end Expand_N_Op_Ge;
5675 --------------------
5676 -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
5677 --------------------
5679 procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt (N : Node_Id) is
5680 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5681 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5682 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5683 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5685 begin
5686 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5688 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5689 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5690 return;
5691 end if;
5693 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5694 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5695 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5696 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5697 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5698 end if;
5700 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5702 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5704 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5705 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5706 return;
5707 end if;
5708 end Expand_N_Op_Gt;
5710 --------------------
5711 -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
5712 --------------------
5714 procedure Expand_N_Op_Le (N : Node_Id) is
5715 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5716 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5717 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5718 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5720 begin
5721 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5723 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5724 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5725 return;
5726 end if;
5728 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5729 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5730 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5731 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5732 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5733 end if;
5735 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5737 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5739 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5740 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5741 return;
5742 end if;
5743 end Expand_N_Op_Le;
5745 --------------------
5746 -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
5747 --------------------
5749 procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt (N : Node_Id) is
5750 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5751 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5752 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5753 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5755 begin
5756 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5758 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5759 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5760 return;
5761 end if;
5763 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5764 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5765 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5766 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5767 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5768 end if;
5770 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5772 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5774 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5775 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5776 return;
5777 end if;
5778 end Expand_N_Op_Lt;
5780 -----------------------
5781 -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
5782 -----------------------
5784 procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus (N : Node_Id) is
5785 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5786 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5788 begin
5789 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5791 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
5792 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
5793 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
5794 then
5795 -- Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
5797 Rewrite (N,
5798 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
5799 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0),
5800 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
5802 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5804 -- Vax floating-point types case
5806 elsif Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
5807 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5808 end if;
5809 end Expand_N_Op_Minus;
5811 ---------------------
5812 -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
5813 ---------------------
5815 procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod (N : Node_Id) is
5816 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5817 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5818 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5819 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5820 DOC : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5821 DDC : constant Boolean := Do_Division_Check (N);
5823 LLB : Uint;
5824 Llo : Uint;
5825 Lhi : Uint;
5826 LOK : Boolean;
5827 Rlo : Uint;
5828 Rhi : Uint;
5829 ROK : Boolean;
5831 begin
5832 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5834 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi);
5835 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi);
5837 -- Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
5838 -- since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
5839 -- (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
5840 -- does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
5842 if LOK and then Llo >= 0
5843 and then
5844 ROK and then Rlo >= 0
5845 then
5846 Rewrite (N,
5847 Make_Op_Rem (Sloc (N),
5848 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
5849 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
5851 -- Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually.
5852 -- This avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an
5853 -- instance and is epsilon more efficient.
5855 Set_Entity (N, Standard_Entity (S_Op_Rem));
5856 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
5857 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, DOC);
5858 Set_Do_Division_Check (N, DDC);
5859 Expand_N_Op_Rem (N);
5860 Set_Analyzed (N);
5862 -- Otherwise, normal mod processing
5864 else
5865 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
5866 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
5867 end if;
5869 -- Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
5870 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
5871 -- certainly harmless.
5873 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
5874 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
5875 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
5876 then
5877 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
5878 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5879 return;
5880 end if;
5882 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
5883 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
5884 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
5886 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1,
5887 -- then the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the
5888 -- left operand completely in this case.
5890 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
5891 -- an intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to
5892 -- get the bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
5894 LLB :=
5895 Expr_Value
5896 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
5898 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
5899 and then
5900 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
5901 then
5902 Rewrite (N,
5903 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
5904 Expressions => New_List (
5905 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5906 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
5907 Right_Opnd =>
5908 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5909 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
5910 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5911 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
5912 Relocate_Node (N))));
5914 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
5915 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5916 end if;
5917 end if;
5918 end Expand_N_Op_Mod;
5920 --------------------------
5921 -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
5922 --------------------------
5924 procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply (N : Node_Id) is
5925 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5926 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5927 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5929 Lp2 : constant Boolean :=
5930 Nkind (Lop) = N_Op_Expon
5931 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Lop);
5933 Rp2 : constant Boolean :=
5934 Nkind (Rop) = N_Op_Expon
5935 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Rop);
5937 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
5938 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
5939 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5941 begin
5942 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5944 -- Special optimizations for integer types
5946 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5948 -- N * 0 = 0 * N = 0 for integer types
5950 if (Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
5951 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_0)
5952 or else
5953 (Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
5954 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_0)
5955 then
5956 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
5957 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5958 return;
5959 end if;
5961 -- N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
5963 -- This optimisation is not done if we are going to
5964 -- rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
5966 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
5967 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_1
5968 and then not Lp2
5969 then
5970 Rewrite (N, Lop);
5971 return;
5973 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
5974 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_1
5975 and then not Rp2
5976 then
5977 Rewrite (N, Rop);
5978 return;
5979 end if;
5980 end if;
5982 -- Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
5983 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
5984 -- operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
5986 if Rp2 then
5987 if Lp2 then
5989 -- Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into 2 ** (A + B)
5991 Rewrite (N,
5992 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
5993 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2),
5994 Right_Opnd =>
5995 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
5996 Left_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Lop),
5997 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Rop))));
5998 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5999 return;
6001 else
6002 Rewrite (N,
6003 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6004 Left_Opnd => Lop,
6005 Right_Opnd =>
6006 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6007 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6008 return;
6009 end if;
6011 -- Same processing for the operands the other way round
6013 elsif Lp2 then
6014 Rewrite (N,
6015 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6016 Left_Opnd => Rop,
6017 Right_Opnd =>
6018 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Lop))));
6019 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6020 return;
6021 end if;
6023 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
6025 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
6026 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
6027 Typ := Etype (N);
6028 end if;
6030 -- Multiplications with fixed-point results
6032 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
6034 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set,
6035 -- since from a semantic point of view such operations are
6036 -- simply integer operations and will be treated that way.
6038 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
6040 -- Case of fixed * integer => fixed
6042 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6043 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
6045 -- Case of integer * fixed => fixed
6047 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp) then
6048 Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6050 -- Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
6052 else
6053 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6054 end if;
6055 end if;
6057 -- Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again
6058 -- we exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
6060 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
6061 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
6062 then
6063 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6064 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
6065 else
6066 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
6067 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
6068 end if;
6070 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal
6071 -- context, in which case the integer argument must be converted
6072 -- explicitly.
6074 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6075 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
6076 then
6077 Rewrite (Rop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Rop)));
6079 Analyze_And_Resolve (Rop, Universal_Real);
6081 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6082 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
6083 then
6084 Rewrite (Lop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lop)));
6086 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lop, Universal_Real);
6088 -- Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
6090 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6091 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6093 -- Deal with VAX float case
6095 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6096 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6097 return;
6098 end if;
6099 end Expand_N_Op_Multiply;
6101 --------------------
6102 -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
6103 --------------------
6105 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne (N : Node_Id) is
6106 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Left_Opnd (N));
6108 begin
6109 -- Case of elementary type with standard operator
6111 if Is_Elementary_Type (Typ)
6112 and then Sloc (Entity (N)) = Standard_Location
6113 then
6114 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6116 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6118 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6119 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6120 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6121 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6122 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6123 end if;
6125 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6127 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6129 if Vax_Float (Typ) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6130 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6131 return;
6132 end if;
6134 -- For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
6135 -- negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
6136 -- used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
6137 -- signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
6138 -- the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
6139 -- or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
6141 else
6142 declare
6143 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6144 Neg : Node_Id;
6145 Ne : constant Entity_Id := Entity (N);
6147 begin
6148 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6150 Neg :=
6151 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
6152 Right_Opnd =>
6153 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6154 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6155 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6156 Set_Paren_Count (Right_Opnd (Neg), 1);
6158 if Scope (Ne) /= Standard_Standard then
6159 Set_Entity (Right_Opnd (Neg), Corresponding_Equality (Ne));
6160 end if;
6162 -- For navigation purposes, the inequality is treated as an
6163 -- implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
6164 -- Comes_From_ source flag so that the proper Xref entry is
6165 -- generated.
6167 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Neg, N);
6168 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (Neg), N);
6169 Rewrite (N, Neg);
6170 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6171 end;
6172 end if;
6173 end Expand_N_Op_Ne;
6175 ---------------------
6176 -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
6177 ---------------------
6179 -- If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no
6180 -- special expansion required.
6182 -- For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
6183 -- that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
6184 -- routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
6185 -- arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does
6186 -- not matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
6188 -- For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have
6189 -- non standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert
6190 -- into the tree the following function definition:
6192 -- function Nnnn (A : arr) is
6193 -- B : arr;
6194 -- begin
6195 -- for J in a'range loop
6196 -- B (J) := not A (J);
6197 -- end loop;
6198 -- return B;
6199 -- end Nnnn;
6201 -- Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
6202 -- constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
6204 procedure Expand_N_Op_Not (N : Node_Id) is
6205 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6206 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6207 Opnd : Node_Id;
6208 Arr : Entity_Id;
6209 A : Entity_Id;
6210 B : Entity_Id;
6211 J : Entity_Id;
6212 A_J : Node_Id;
6213 B_J : Node_Id;
6215 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
6216 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
6218 begin
6219 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6221 -- For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
6223 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6224 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6225 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6226 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6227 return;
6228 end if;
6230 -- Only array types need any other processing
6232 if not Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
6233 return;
6234 end if;
6236 -- Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
6237 -- handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
6239 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
6240 and then Component_Size (Typ) = 1
6241 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
6242 then
6243 Expand_Packed_Not (N);
6244 return;
6245 end if;
6247 -- Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
6248 -- a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
6249 -- boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
6250 -- done by enclosing operation.
6252 Opnd := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
6253 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (Opnd);
6254 Arr := Etype (Opnd);
6255 Ensure_Defined (Arr, N);
6257 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
6258 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), N, Empty) then
6259 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6260 return;
6262 -- Special case the negation of a binary operation
6264 elsif (Nkind (Opnd) = N_Op_And
6265 or else Nkind (Opnd) = N_Op_Or
6266 or else Nkind (Opnd) = N_Op_Xor)
6267 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
6268 (Name (Parent (N)), Left_Opnd (Opnd), Right_Opnd (Opnd))
6269 then
6270 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6271 return;
6272 end if;
6274 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
6275 and then Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
6276 then
6277 declare
6278 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (Parent (N));
6279 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (Parent (N));
6280 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (Parent (N)));
6282 begin
6283 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Lhs, Op1, Op2) then
6284 if N = Op1
6285 and then Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not
6286 then
6287 -- (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
6289 return;
6291 elsif N = Op2
6292 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Xor
6293 then
6294 -- A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
6296 return;
6297 end if;
6298 end if;
6299 end;
6300 end if;
6302 A := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
6303 B := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
6304 J := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
6306 A_J :=
6307 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6308 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
6309 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6311 B_J :=
6312 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6313 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
6314 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6316 Loop_Statement :=
6317 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
6318 Identifier => Empty,
6320 Iteration_Scheme =>
6321 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
6322 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
6323 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6324 Defining_Identifier => J,
6325 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
6326 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
6327 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
6328 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
6330 Statements => New_List (
6331 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
6332 Name => B_J,
6333 Expression => Make_Op_Not (Loc, A_J))));
6335 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('N'));
6336 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
6338 Insert_Action (N,
6339 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
6340 Specification =>
6341 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
6342 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
6343 Parameter_Specifications => New_List (
6344 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6345 Defining_Identifier => A,
6346 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
6347 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
6349 Declarations => New_List (
6350 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
6351 Defining_Identifier => B,
6352 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc))),
6354 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
6355 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
6356 Statements => New_List (
6357 Loop_Statement,
6358 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
6359 Expression =>
6360 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)))))));
6362 Rewrite (N,
6363 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6364 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
6365 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Opnd)));
6367 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6368 end Expand_N_Op_Not;
6370 --------------------
6371 -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
6372 --------------------
6374 procedure Expand_N_Op_Or (N : Node_Id) is
6375 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6377 begin
6378 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6380 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
6381 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
6383 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
6384 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6385 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6386 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6387 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6388 end if;
6389 end Expand_N_Op_Or;
6391 ----------------------
6392 -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
6393 ----------------------
6395 procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus (N : Node_Id) is
6396 begin
6397 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6398 end Expand_N_Op_Plus;
6400 ---------------------
6401 -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
6402 ---------------------
6404 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem (N : Node_Id) is
6405 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6406 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6408 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6409 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6411 LLB : Uint;
6412 Llo : Uint;
6413 Lhi : Uint;
6414 LOK : Boolean;
6415 Rlo : Uint;
6416 Rhi : Uint;
6417 ROK : Boolean;
6419 begin
6420 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6422 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6423 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
6424 end if;
6426 -- Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
6427 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
6428 -- certainly harmless.
6430 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6431 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
6432 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
6433 then
6434 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
6435 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6436 return;
6437 end if;
6439 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
6440 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
6441 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6443 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1,
6444 -- then the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the
6445 -- left operand completely in this case.
6447 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi);
6448 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi);
6450 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
6451 -- an intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to
6452 -- get the bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6454 LLB :=
6455 Expr_Value
6456 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
6458 -- Now perform the test, generating code only if needed
6460 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
6461 and then
6462 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
6463 then
6464 Rewrite (N,
6465 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6466 Expressions => New_List (
6467 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6468 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
6469 Right_Opnd =>
6470 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6471 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
6473 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6474 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
6476 Relocate_Node (N))));
6478 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
6479 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6480 end if;
6481 end Expand_N_Op_Rem;
6483 -----------------------------
6484 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
6485 -----------------------------
6487 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left (N : Node_Id) is
6488 begin
6489 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6490 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left;
6492 ------------------------------
6493 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
6494 ------------------------------
6496 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right (N : Node_Id) is
6497 begin
6498 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6499 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right;
6501 ----------------------------
6502 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
6503 ----------------------------
6505 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left (N : Node_Id) is
6506 begin
6507 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6508 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left;
6510 -----------------------------
6511 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
6512 -----------------------------
6514 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right (N : Node_Id) is
6515 begin
6516 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6517 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right;
6519 ----------------------------------------
6520 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
6521 ----------------------------------------
6523 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic (N : Node_Id) is
6524 begin
6525 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6526 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic;
6528 --------------------------
6529 -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
6530 --------------------------
6532 procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract (N : Node_Id) is
6533 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6535 begin
6536 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6538 -- N - 0 = N for integer types
6540 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
6541 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
6542 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = 0
6543 then
6544 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
6545 return;
6546 end if;
6548 -- Arithemtic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
6550 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
6551 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
6552 then
6553 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6555 -- Vax floating-point types case
6557 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6558 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6559 end if;
6560 end Expand_N_Op_Subtract;
6562 ---------------------
6563 -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
6564 ---------------------
6566 procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor (N : Node_Id) is
6567 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6569 begin
6570 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6572 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
6573 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
6575 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
6576 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6577 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6578 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6579 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6580 end if;
6581 end Expand_N_Op_Xor;
6583 ----------------------
6584 -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
6585 ----------------------
6587 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also
6588 -- deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
6590 procedure Expand_N_Or_Else (N : Node_Id) is
6591 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6592 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6593 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6594 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6595 Actlist : List_Id;
6597 begin
6598 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
6600 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6601 Adjust_Condition (Left);
6602 Adjust_Condition (Right);
6603 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6604 end if;
6606 -- Check for cases of left argument is True or False
6608 if Nkind (Left) = N_Identifier then
6610 -- If left argument is False, change (False or else Right) to Right.
6611 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
6612 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
6614 if Entity (Left) = Standard_False then
6615 if Present (Actions (N)) then
6616 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
6617 end if;
6619 Rewrite (N, Right);
6620 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6621 return;
6623 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to
6624 -- True. In this case we can forget the actions associated with
6625 -- Right, since they will never be executed.
6627 elsif Entity (Left) = Standard_True then
6628 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
6629 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
6630 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
6631 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6632 return;
6633 end if;
6634 end if;
6636 -- If Actions are present, we expand
6638 -- left or else right
6640 -- into
6642 -- if left then True else right end
6644 -- with the actions becoming the Else_Actions of the conditional
6645 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
6646 -- (and will eventually disappear)
6648 if Present (Actions (N)) then
6649 Actlist := Actions (N);
6650 Rewrite (N,
6651 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6652 Expressions => New_List (
6653 Left,
6654 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc),
6655 Right)));
6657 Set_Else_Actions (N, Actlist);
6658 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6659 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6660 return;
6661 end if;
6663 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
6665 if Nkind (Right) = N_Identifier then
6667 -- Change (Left or else False) to Left. Note that we know there
6668 -- are no actions associated with the True operand, since we
6669 -- just checked for this case above.
6671 if Entity (Right) = Standard_False then
6672 Rewrite (N, Left);
6674 -- Change (Left or else True) to True, making sure to preserve
6675 -- any side effects associated with the Left operand.
6677 elsif Entity (Right) = Standard_True then
6678 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
6679 Rewrite
6680 (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
6681 end if;
6682 end if;
6684 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6685 end Expand_N_Or_Else;
6687 -----------------------------------
6688 -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
6689 -----------------------------------
6691 procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
6692 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
6693 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Subtype_Mark (N));
6695 begin
6696 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
6698 if Validity_Checks_On
6699 and then Validity_Check_Operands
6700 then
6701 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
6702 end if;
6704 -- Apply possible constraint check
6706 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type, No_Sliding => True);
6707 end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression;
6709 ---------------------------------
6710 -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
6711 ---------------------------------
6713 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a concurrent object, rewrite the
6714 -- prefix to denote the corresponding record type.
6716 procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component (N : Node_Id) is
6717 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6718 Par : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
6719 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
6720 Ptyp : Entity_Id := Underlying_Type (Etype (P));
6721 Disc : Entity_Id;
6722 New_N : Node_Id;
6723 Dcon : Elmt_Id;
6725 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
6726 -- Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
6727 -- unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
6728 -- Don't we have a general routine that does this???
6730 -----------------------
6731 -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
6732 -----------------------
6734 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean is
6735 begin
6736 return (Nkind (Parent (Comp)) = N_Assignment_Statement
6737 and then Comp = Name (Parent (Comp)))
6738 or else (Present (Parent (Comp))
6739 and then Nkind (Parent (Comp)) in N_Subexpr
6740 and then In_Left_Hand_Side (Parent (Comp)));
6741 end In_Left_Hand_Side;
6743 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
6745 begin
6746 -- Insert explicit dereference if required
6748 if Is_Access_Type (Ptyp) then
6749 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
6750 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (Ptyp));
6752 if Ekind (Etype (P)) = E_Private_Subtype
6753 and then Is_For_Access_Subtype (Etype (P))
6754 then
6755 Set_Etype (P, Base_Type (Etype (P)));
6756 end if;
6758 Ptyp := Etype (P);
6759 end if;
6761 -- Deal with discriminant check required
6763 if Do_Discriminant_Check (N) then
6765 -- Present the discrminant checking function to the backend,
6766 -- so that it can inline the call to the function.
6768 Add_Inlined_Body
6769 (Discriminant_Checking_Func
6770 (Original_Record_Component (Entity (Selector_Name (N)))));
6772 -- Now reset the flag and generate the call
6774 Set_Do_Discriminant_Check (N, False);
6775 Generate_Discriminant_Check (N);
6776 end if;
6778 -- Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
6779 -- selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
6780 -- expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
6781 -- known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
6782 -- target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
6784 if Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
6785 and then Has_Discriminants (Etype (N))
6786 and then not In_Left_Hand_Side (N)
6787 then
6788 Force_Evaluation (Prefix (N));
6789 end if;
6791 -- Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
6793 if Ekind (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) = E_Discriminant then
6795 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
6796 -- we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
6797 -- of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
6799 if Is_Record_Type (Ptyp)
6800 and then Has_Discriminants (Ptyp)
6801 and then Is_Constrained (Ptyp)
6802 then
6803 -- Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
6804 -- access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
6806 if not Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N)) then
6807 null;
6809 -- Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
6810 -- Normally one would think that references like this would
6811 -- not occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that
6812 -- we really do want to assign the discriminant!
6814 elsif Nkind (Par) = N_Assignment_Statement
6815 and then Name (Par) = N
6816 then
6817 null;
6819 -- Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute
6820 -- or the operand of an object renaming declaration since these
6821 -- are contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
6823 elsif (Nkind (Par) = N_Attribute_Reference
6824 and then Prefix (Par) = N)
6825 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
6826 then
6827 null;
6829 -- Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
6830 -- discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
6831 -- be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
6833 elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check (N) then
6834 null;
6836 -- Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
6837 -- still one condition that inhibits the optimization below
6838 -- but now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
6840 else
6841 -- Loop through discriminants to find the matching
6842 -- discriminant constraint to see if we can copy it.
6844 Disc := First_Discriminant (Ptyp);
6845 Dcon := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Ptyp));
6846 Discr_Loop : while Present (Dcon) loop
6848 -- Check if this is the matching discriminant
6850 if Disc = Entity (Selector_Name (N)) then
6852 -- Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
6853 -- the case of a discriminant of a component that is
6854 -- constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
6855 -- be optimized away.
6858 Denotes_Discriminant
6859 (Node (Dcon), Check_Concurrent => True)
6860 then
6861 exit Discr_Loop;
6863 -- In the context of a case statement, the expression
6864 -- may have the base type of the discriminant, and we
6865 -- need to preserve the constraint to avoid spurious
6866 -- errors on missing cases.
6868 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Case_Statement
6869 and then Etype (Node (Dcon)) /= Etype (Disc)
6870 then
6871 Rewrite (N,
6872 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
6873 Subtype_Mark =>
6874 New_Occurrence_Of (Etype (Disc), Loc),
6875 Expression =>
6876 New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon))));
6877 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Etype (Disc));
6879 -- In case that comes out as a static expression,
6880 -- reset it (a selected component is never static).
6882 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
6883 return;
6885 -- Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
6886 -- result is certainly not static! In some cases the
6887 -- discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
6888 -- context of the original subtype indication, but for
6889 -- itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
6890 -- yet, and this must be done now.
6892 else
6893 Rewrite (N, New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon)));
6894 Analyze_And_Resolve (N);
6895 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
6896 return;
6897 end if;
6898 end if;
6900 Next_Elmt (Dcon);
6901 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
6902 end loop Discr_Loop;
6904 -- Note: the above loop should always find a matching
6905 -- discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
6906 -- optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous
6907 -- error), so ignore.
6909 end if;
6910 end if;
6912 -- The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
6913 -- a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
6914 -- corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
6915 -- discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
6916 -- that appears in the corresponding record.
6918 if not Is_Concurrent_Type (Ptyp) then
6919 return;
6920 end if;
6922 Disc := Entity (Selector_Name (N));
6924 if Is_Derived_Type (Ptyp)
6925 and then Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc))
6926 then
6927 Disc := Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc);
6928 end if;
6930 New_N :=
6931 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
6932 Prefix =>
6933 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (Ptyp),
6934 New_Copy_Tree (P)),
6935 Selector_Name => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc)));
6937 Rewrite (N, New_N);
6938 Analyze (N);
6939 end if;
6940 end Expand_N_Selected_Component;
6942 --------------------
6943 -- Expand_N_Slice --
6944 --------------------
6946 procedure Expand_N_Slice (N : Node_Id) is
6947 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6948 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6949 Pfx : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
6950 Ptp : Entity_Id := Etype (Pfx);
6952 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
6953 -- Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call,
6954 -- in which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred
6955 -- until the call itself is expanded. The reason this is required
6956 -- is that we might have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out
6957 -- is essential, and that copy out would be missed if we created a
6958 -- temporary here in Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother
6959 -- to test specifically for an IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it
6960 -- is a bit tricky to do, and it is harmless to defer expansion
6961 -- in the IN case, since the call processing will still generate the
6962 -- appropriate copy in operation, which will take care of the slice.
6964 procedure Make_Temporary;
6965 -- Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in
6966 -- cases where the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g.
6967 -- when packed types or unaligned slices are involved.
6969 -------------------------
6970 -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
6971 -------------------------
6973 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
6974 Par : Node_Id := Parent (N);
6976 begin
6977 loop
6978 -- If our parent is a procedure call we can return
6980 if Nkind (Par) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement then
6981 return True;
6983 -- If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the
6984 -- tree, since a type conversion can be a procedure actual.
6985 -- Also keep climbing if parameter association or a qualified
6986 -- expression, since these are additional cases that do can
6987 -- appear on procedure actuals.
6989 elsif Nkind (Par) = N_Type_Conversion
6990 or else Nkind (Par) = N_Parameter_Association
6991 or else Nkind (Par) = N_Qualified_Expression
6992 then
6993 Par := Parent (Par);
6995 -- Any other case is not what we are looking for
6997 else
6998 return False;
6999 end if;
7000 end loop;
7001 end Is_Procedure_Actual;
7003 --------------------
7004 -- Make_Temporary --
7005 --------------------
7007 procedure Make_Temporary is
7008 Decl : Node_Id;
7009 Ent : constant Entity_Id :=
7010 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7011 begin
7012 Decl :=
7013 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7014 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
7015 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
7017 Set_No_Initialization (Decl);
7019 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7020 Decl,
7021 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7022 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
7023 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))));
7025 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
7026 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7027 end Make_Temporary;
7029 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
7031 begin
7032 -- Special handling for access types
7034 if Is_Access_Type (Ptp) then
7036 Ptp := Designated_Type (Ptp);
7038 Rewrite (Pfx,
7039 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Sloc (N),
7040 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Pfx)));
7042 Analyze_And_Resolve (Pfx, Ptp);
7043 end if;
7045 -- Range checks are potentially also needed for cases involving
7046 -- a slice indexed by a subtype indication, but Do_Range_Check
7047 -- can currently only be set for expressions ???
7049 if not Index_Checks_Suppressed (Ptp)
7050 and then (not Is_Entity_Name (Pfx)
7051 or else not Index_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Pfx)))
7052 and then Nkind (Discrete_Range (N)) /= N_Subtype_Indication
7054 -- Do not enable range check to nodes associated with the frontend
7055 -- expansion of the dispatch table. We first check if Ada.Tags is
7056 -- already loaded to avoid the addition of an undesired dependence
7057 -- on such run-time unit.
7059 and then
7060 (VM_Target /= No_VM
7061 or else not
7062 (RTU_Loaded (Ada_Tags)
7063 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Selected_Component
7064 and then Present (Entity (Selector_Name (Prefix (N))))
7065 and then Entity (Selector_Name (Prefix (N))) =
7066 RTE_Record_Component (RE_Prims_Ptr)))
7067 then
7068 Enable_Range_Check (Discrete_Range (N));
7069 end if;
7071 -- The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
7072 -- packed slices as they are in the following situations:
7074 -- 1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
7075 -- situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
7077 -- 2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away
7078 -- in this case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
7080 -- 3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of
7081 -- the slice, not the value.
7083 -- 4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling
7084 -- may be required, and this is handled in the expansion of
7085 -- call itself.
7087 -- 5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which
7088 -- is caught elsewhere, and the expansion would intefere
7089 -- with generating the error message).
7091 if not Is_Packed (Typ) then
7093 -- Apply transformation for actuals of a function call,
7094 -- where Expand_Actuals is not used.
7096 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Function_Call
7097 and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice (N)
7098 then
7099 Make_Temporary;
7100 end if;
7102 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7103 or else (Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7104 and then Parent (N) = Name (Parent (Parent (N))))
7105 then
7106 return;
7108 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Indexed_Component
7109 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7110 or else Is_Procedure_Actual (N)
7111 then
7112 return;
7114 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7115 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Address
7116 then
7117 return;
7119 else
7120 Make_Temporary;
7121 end if;
7122 end Expand_N_Slice;
7124 ------------------------------
7125 -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
7126 ------------------------------
7128 procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
7129 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7130 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7131 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7132 Operand_Type : Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7134 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation;
7135 -- This is called in the case of record and array type conversions
7136 -- to see if there is a change of representation to be handled.
7137 -- Change of representation is actually handled at the assignment
7138 -- statement level, and what this procedure does is rewrite node N
7139 -- conversion as an assignment to temporary. If there is no change
7140 -- of representation, then the conversion node is unchanged.
7142 procedure Real_Range_Check;
7143 -- Handles generation of range check for real target value
7145 -----------------------------------
7146 -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
7147 -----------------------------------
7149 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation is
7150 Temp : Entity_Id;
7151 Decl : Node_Id;
7152 Odef : Node_Id;
7153 Disc : Node_Id;
7154 N_Ix : Node_Id;
7155 Cons : List_Id;
7157 begin
7158 -- Nothing else to do if no change of representation
7160 if Same_Representation (Operand_Type, Target_Type) then
7161 return;
7163 -- The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
7164 -- statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
7165 -- the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
7166 -- done to the conversion.
7168 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
7169 return;
7171 -- Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
7172 -- change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
7173 -- The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
7175 else
7176 Cons := No_List;
7178 -- If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint,
7179 -- copied from the actual value of the left hand side.
7181 if not Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7182 if Has_Discriminants (Operand_Type) then
7183 Disc := First_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7185 if Disc /= First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type) then
7186 Disc := First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7187 end if;
7189 Cons := New_List;
7190 while Present (Disc) loop
7191 Append_To (Cons,
7192 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7193 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (Operand),
7194 Selector_Name =>
7195 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc))));
7196 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7197 end loop;
7199 elsif Is_Array_Type (Operand_Type) then
7200 N_Ix := First_Index (Target_Type);
7201 Cons := New_List;
7203 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Operand_Type) loop
7205 -- We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
7206 -- conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
7208 Append_To (Cons,
7209 Make_Range (Loc,
7210 Low_Bound =>
7211 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7212 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7213 Prefix =>
7214 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7215 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7216 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7217 Expressions => New_List (
7218 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)))),
7220 High_Bound =>
7221 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7222 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7223 Prefix =>
7224 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7225 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7226 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7227 Expressions => New_List (
7228 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J))))));
7230 Next_Index (N_Ix);
7231 end loop;
7232 end if;
7233 end if;
7235 Odef := New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc);
7237 if Present (Cons) then
7238 Odef :=
7239 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
7240 Subtype_Mark => Odef,
7241 Constraint =>
7242 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
7243 Constraints => Cons));
7244 end if;
7246 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
7247 Decl :=
7248 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7249 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
7250 Object_Definition => Odef);
7252 Set_No_Initialization (Decl, True);
7254 -- Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
7255 -- since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
7256 -- that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
7258 Insert_Actions (N,
7259 New_List (
7260 Decl,
7261 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7262 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
7263 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))),
7264 Suppress => All_Checks);
7266 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc));
7267 return;
7268 end if;
7269 end Handle_Changed_Representation;
7271 ----------------------
7272 -- Real_Range_Check --
7273 ----------------------
7275 -- Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range
7276 -- checks are enabled and the target type has a range constraint,
7277 -- we convert:
7279 -- typ (x)
7281 -- to
7283 -- Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
7284 -- [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
7285 -- Tnn
7287 -- This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float
7288 -- or to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It
7289 -- is not necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply
7290 -- set the Do_Range_Check flag.
7292 procedure Real_Range_Check is
7293 Btyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Target_Type);
7294 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type);
7295 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Target_Type);
7296 Xtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7297 Conv : Node_Id;
7298 Tnn : Entity_Id;
7300 begin
7301 -- Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
7303 if Nkind (N) /= N_Type_Conversion then
7304 return;
7305 end if;
7307 -- Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the
7308 -- same range as the base type (or is the base type).
7310 if Range_Checks_Suppressed (Target_Type)
7311 or else (Lo = Type_Low_Bound (Btyp)
7312 and then
7313 Hi = Type_High_Bound (Btyp))
7314 then
7315 return;
7316 end if;
7318 -- Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks
7319 -- have been suppressed.
7321 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7322 and then Range_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Operand))
7323 then
7324 return;
7325 end if;
7327 -- Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that
7328 -- the expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that
7329 -- if the operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type,
7330 -- then we do not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
7332 declare
7333 S_Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Xtyp);
7334 S_Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Xtyp);
7336 begin
7337 if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7338 or else Is_Constrained (Xtyp))
7339 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Lo)
7340 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Hi)
7341 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
7342 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
7343 then
7344 declare
7345 D_Lov : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Lo);
7346 D_Hiv : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Hi);
7347 S_Lov : Ureal;
7348 S_Hiv : Ureal;
7350 begin
7351 if Is_Real_Type (Xtyp) then
7352 S_Lov := Expr_Value_R (S_Lo);
7353 S_Hiv := Expr_Value_R (S_Hi);
7354 else
7355 S_Lov := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Lo));
7356 S_Hiv := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Hi));
7357 end if;
7359 if D_Hiv > D_Lov
7360 and then S_Lov >= D_Lov
7361 and then S_Hiv <= D_Hiv
7362 then
7363 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7364 return;
7365 end if;
7366 end;
7367 end if;
7368 end;
7370 -- For float to float conversions, we are done
7372 if Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7373 and then
7374 Is_Floating_Point_Type (Btyp)
7375 then
7376 return;
7377 end if;
7379 -- Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
7381 Conv := Relocate_Node (N);
7382 Rewrite
7383 (Subtype_Mark (Conv), New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc));
7384 Set_Etype (Conv, Btyp);
7386 -- Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
7387 -- where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
7388 -- this case.
7390 if not Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Operand)) then
7391 Enable_Overflow_Check (Conv);
7392 end if;
7394 Tnn :=
7395 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
7396 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7398 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7399 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7400 Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
7401 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc),
7402 Expression => Conv),
7404 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
7405 Condition =>
7406 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
7407 Left_Opnd =>
7408 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
7409 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7410 Right_Opnd =>
7411 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7412 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7413 Prefix =>
7414 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc))),
7416 Right_Opnd =>
7417 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
7418 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7419 Right_Opnd =>
7420 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7421 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7422 Prefix =>
7423 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc)))),
7424 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed)));
7426 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
7427 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Btyp);
7428 end Real_Range_Check;
7430 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
7432 begin
7433 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type
7434 -- so remove the conversion completely, it is useless.
7436 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
7437 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
7438 return;
7439 end if;
7441 -- Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This
7442 -- is a "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the
7443 -- specialized code in attribute processing.
7445 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7446 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Read
7447 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parent (N)))) = N
7448 then
7449 return;
7450 end if;
7452 -- Here if we may need to expand conversion
7454 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
7456 if Validity_Checks_On
7457 and then Validity_Check_Operands
7458 then
7459 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
7460 end if;
7462 -- Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
7464 if Is_Boolean_Type (Operand_Type)
7465 and then (Nonzero_Is_True (Operand_Type))
7466 then
7467 Adjust_Condition (Operand);
7468 Set_Etype (Operand, Standard_Boolean);
7469 Operand_Type := Standard_Boolean;
7470 end if;
7472 -- Case of converting to an access type
7474 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7476 -- Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
7477 -- access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
7478 -- expanded from an unchecked or unrestricted access attribute. Note
7479 -- that other checks may still need to be applied below (such as
7480 -- tagged type checks).
7482 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7483 and then
7484 (Is_Formal (Entity (Operand))
7485 or else
7486 (Present (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
7487 and then Is_Entity_Name (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
7488 and then Is_Formal
7489 (Entity (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand))))))
7490 and then Ekind (Etype (Operand)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
7491 and then (Nkind (Original_Node (N)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
7492 or else Attribute_Name (Original_Node (N)) = Name_Access)
7493 then
7494 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7496 -- If the level of the operand type is statically deeper
7497 -- then the level of the target type, then force Program_Error.
7498 -- Note that this can only occur for cases where the attribute
7499 -- is within the body of an instantiation (otherwise the
7500 -- conversion will already have been rejected as illegal).
7501 -- Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer for the instance
7502 -- cases.
7504 elsif In_Instance_Body
7505 and then Type_Access_Level (Operand_Type) >
7506 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
7507 then
7508 Rewrite (N,
7509 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7510 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7511 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7513 -- When the operand is a selected access discriminant
7514 -- the check needs to be made against the level of the
7515 -- object denoted by the prefix of the selected name.
7516 -- Force Program_Error for this case as well (this
7517 -- accessibility violation can only happen if within
7518 -- the body of an instantiation).
7520 elsif In_Instance_Body
7521 and then Ekind (Operand_Type) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
7522 and then Nkind (Operand) = N_Selected_Component
7523 and then Object_Access_Level (Operand) >
7524 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
7525 then
7526 Rewrite (N,
7527 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7528 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7529 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7530 end if;
7531 end if;
7533 -- Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
7535 -- When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide,
7536 -- Add runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using
7537 -- the membership test, generating:
7539 -- [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
7541 -- or in the access type case
7543 -- [constraint_error
7544 -- when Operand /= null
7545 -- and then Operand.all not in
7546 -- Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
7548 if (Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
7549 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Designated_Type (Target_Type)))
7550 or else Is_Tagged_Type (Target_Type)
7551 then
7552 -- Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the
7553 -- parent is a renaming, since this is an error situation
7554 -- which will be caught by Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can
7555 -- intefere with this error check.
7557 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
7558 and then Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7559 then
7560 return;
7561 end if;
7563 -- Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
7565 declare
7566 Actual_Operand_Type : Entity_Id;
7567 Actual_Target_Type : Entity_Id;
7569 Cond : Node_Id;
7571 begin
7572 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7573 Actual_Operand_Type := Designated_Type (Operand_Type);
7574 Actual_Target_Type := Designated_Type (Target_Type);
7576 else
7577 Actual_Operand_Type := Operand_Type;
7578 Actual_Target_Type := Target_Type;
7579 end if;
7581 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
7583 if Is_Interface (Actual_Operand_Type) then
7584 Expand_Interface_Conversion (N, Is_Static => False);
7585 return;
7586 end if;
7588 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Operand_Type)
7589 and then Root_Type (Actual_Operand_Type) /= Actual_Target_Type
7590 and then Is_Ancestor
7591 (Root_Type (Actual_Operand_Type),
7592 Actual_Target_Type)
7593 and then not Tag_Checks_Suppressed (Actual_Target_Type)
7594 then
7595 -- The conversion is valid for any descendant of the
7596 -- target type
7598 Actual_Target_Type := Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Target_Type);
7600 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7601 Cond :=
7602 Make_And_Then (Loc,
7603 Left_Opnd =>
7604 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
7605 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
7606 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
7608 Right_Opnd =>
7609 Make_Not_In (Loc,
7610 Left_Opnd =>
7611 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
7612 Prefix =>
7613 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand)),
7614 Right_Opnd =>
7615 New_Reference_To (Actual_Target_Type, Loc)));
7617 else
7618 Cond :=
7619 Make_Not_In (Loc,
7620 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
7621 Right_Opnd =>
7622 New_Reference_To (Actual_Target_Type, Loc));
7623 end if;
7625 Insert_Action (N,
7626 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
7627 Condition => Cond,
7628 Reason => CE_Tag_Check_Failed));
7630 declare
7631 Conv : Node_Id;
7632 begin
7633 Conv :=
7634 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
7635 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
7636 Expression => Relocate_Node (Expression (N)));
7637 Rewrite (N, Conv);
7638 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
7639 end;
7640 end if;
7641 end;
7643 -- Case of other access type conversions
7645 elsif Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7646 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7648 -- Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
7650 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found
7651 -- in the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is
7652 -- set, since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
7653 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
7655 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
7656 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
7657 then
7658 -- We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
7659 -- expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
7660 -- eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
7662 pragma Assert (Operand_Type /= Universal_Fixed);
7664 -- Check for special case of the conversion to universal real
7665 -- that occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute.
7666 -- In this case, the real type for the conversion is taken
7667 -- from the target type of the Round attribute and the
7668 -- result must be marked as rounded.
7670 if Target_Type = Universal_Real
7671 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7672 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Round
7673 then
7674 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
7675 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (N)));
7676 end if;
7678 -- Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
7679 -- Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of
7680 -- view these are simple integer conversions needing no further
7681 -- processing (the backend will simply treat them as integers)
7683 if not Conversion_OK (N) then
7684 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Etype (N)) then
7685 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed (N);
7686 Real_Range_Check;
7688 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
7689 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer (N);
7691 else
7692 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Etype (N)));
7693 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float (N);
7694 Real_Range_Check;
7695 end if;
7696 end if;
7698 -- Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
7700 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found
7701 -- in the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK
7702 -- is set, since from a semantic point of view, these are simple
7703 -- integer conversions, which do not need further processing.
7705 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type)
7706 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
7707 then
7708 if Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type) then
7709 Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed (N);
7710 Real_Range_Check;
7711 else
7712 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type));
7713 Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed (N);
7714 Real_Range_Check;
7715 end if;
7717 -- Case of float-to-integer conversions
7719 -- We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
7720 -- since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
7721 -- were an integer in such cases.
7723 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
7724 and then
7725 (Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
7726 or else
7727 (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type) and then Conversion_OK (N)))
7728 then
7729 -- One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
7730 -- this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
7731 -- approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
7732 -- with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
7733 -- give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
7734 -- helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
7735 -- on targets with only 64-bit floats
7737 -- The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
7738 -- Can this code be removed ???
7740 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
7741 Rewrite (Operand,
7742 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
7743 Subtype_Mark =>
7744 New_Occurrence_Of (Universal_Real, Loc),
7745 Expression =>
7746 Relocate_Node (Operand)));
7748 Set_Etype (Operand, Universal_Real);
7749 Enable_Range_Check (Operand);
7750 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expression (Operand), False);
7751 end if;
7753 -- Case of array conversions
7755 -- Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks
7756 -- but only do this if there is no change of representation. For
7757 -- handling of this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
7759 elsif Is_Array_Type (Target_Type) then
7761 if Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7762 Apply_Length_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7763 else
7764 Apply_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7765 end if;
7767 Handle_Changed_Representation;
7769 -- Case of conversions of discriminated types
7771 -- Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again
7772 -- this change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
7774 elsif Has_Discriminants (Target_Type)
7775 and then Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
7776 then
7777 Apply_Discriminant_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7778 Handle_Changed_Representation;
7780 -- Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
7781 -- is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
7782 -- assignment processing.
7784 elsif Is_Record_Type (Target_Type) then
7786 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
7787 -- a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained non-Unchecked_
7788 -- Union type if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
7790 if Is_Derived_Type (Operand_Type)
7791 and then Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Operand_Type))
7792 and then not Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
7793 and then not Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Target_Type))
7794 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Operand)
7795 then
7796 -- To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we make a
7797 -- Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
7798 -- conversion.
7800 declare
7801 PE : constant Node_Id := Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
7802 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
7804 begin
7805 Set_Etype (PE, Target_Type);
7806 Rewrite (N, PE);
7808 end;
7809 else
7810 Handle_Changed_Representation;
7811 end if;
7813 -- Case of conversions of enumeration types
7815 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Target_Type) then
7817 -- Special processing is required if there is a change of
7818 -- representation (from enumeration representation clauses)
7820 if not Same_Representation (Target_Type, Operand_Type) then
7822 -- Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
7824 Rewrite (N,
7825 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7826 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
7827 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
7828 Expressions => New_List (
7829 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7830 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Operand_Type, Loc),
7831 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
7832 Expressions => New_List (Operand)))));
7834 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
7835 end if;
7837 -- Case of conversions to floating-point
7839 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Target_Type) then
7840 Real_Range_Check;
7841 end if;
7843 -- At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed
7844 -- into some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion
7845 -- that can be handled by Gigi. The conversions that Gigi can handle
7846 -- are the following:
7848 -- Conversions with no change of representation or type
7850 -- Numeric conversions involving integer values, floating-point
7851 -- values, and fixed-point values. Fixed-point values are allowed
7852 -- only if Conversion_OK is set, i.e. if the fixed-point values
7853 -- are to be treated as integers.
7855 -- No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
7857 -- Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
7859 -- The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still
7860 -- have a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set.
7861 -- For now we do this only for conversions of discrete types.
7863 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
7864 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N))
7865 then
7866 declare
7867 Expr : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7868 Ftyp : Entity_Id;
7869 Ityp : Entity_Id;
7871 begin
7872 if Do_Range_Check (Expr)
7873 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (Expr))
7874 then
7875 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expr, False);
7877 -- Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating
7878 -- a fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this
7879 -- is simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
7880 -- integer type large enough to hold the result.
7882 -- This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
7883 -- with discrete types so far ???
7885 if Nkind (Expr) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
7886 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (Expr)
7887 then
7888 Ftyp := Base_Type (Etype (Expr));
7890 if Esize (Ftyp) >= Esize (Standard_Integer) then
7891 Ityp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
7892 else
7893 Ityp := Standard_Integer;
7894 end if;
7896 Rewrite (Expr, Unchecked_Convert_To (Ityp, Expr));
7897 end if;
7899 -- Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
7900 -- dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check
7901 -- If Address is either source or target type, suppress
7902 -- range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
7903 -- integer type.
7905 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, False);
7906 if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (Expr))
7907 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type)
7908 then
7909 Generate_Range_Check
7910 (Expr, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
7911 end if;
7912 end if;
7913 end;
7914 end if;
7916 -- Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
7917 -- types, then it is subject for further special processing.
7919 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
7920 and then (Vax_Float (Operand_Type) or else Vax_Float (Target_Type))
7921 then
7922 Expand_Vax_Conversion (N);
7923 return;
7924 end if;
7925 end Expand_N_Type_Conversion;
7927 -----------------------------------
7928 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
7929 -----------------------------------
7931 -- Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. It's job was simply
7932 -- to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
7933 -- off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
7934 -- indeed must, since gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
7936 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
7937 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7939 begin
7940 Set_Assignment_OK (Exp, Assignment_OK (N) or Assignment_OK (Exp));
7941 Rewrite (N, Exp);
7942 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression;
7944 ----------------------------------------
7945 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
7946 ----------------------------------------
7948 -- If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made
7949 -- a temporary for it, do it now.
7951 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
7952 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7953 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7954 Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7956 begin
7957 -- If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
7958 -- type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
7959 -- replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
7960 -- only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
7961 -- apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
7963 -- Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
7964 -- flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
7965 -- This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
7967 -- We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
7968 -- because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
7969 -- preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
7971 if Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
7972 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Target_Type)
7973 and then Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type)
7974 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Operand_Type)
7975 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Operand)
7976 and then not Kill_Range_Check (N)
7977 then
7978 declare
7979 Val : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Operand);
7981 begin
7982 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
7983 and then
7984 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
7985 and then
7986 Val >= Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
7987 and then
7988 Val <= Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
7989 then
7990 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (N), Val));
7992 -- If Address is the target type, just set the type
7993 -- to avoid a spurious type error on the literal when
7994 -- Address is a visible integer type.
7996 if Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type) then
7997 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7998 else
7999 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8000 end if;
8002 return;
8003 end if;
8004 end;
8005 end if;
8007 -- Nothing to do if conversion is safe
8009 if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N) then
8010 return;
8011 end if;
8013 -- Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
8014 -- flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
8016 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8017 null;
8018 else
8019 Force_Evaluation (N);
8020 end if;
8021 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion;
8023 ----------------------------
8024 -- Expand_Record_Equality --
8025 ----------------------------
8027 -- For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
8029 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8030 -- and then ...
8031 -- and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
8032 -- and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
8033 -- and then ...
8034 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8036 -- The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
8037 -- function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
8038 -- menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
8039 -- otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
8041 function Expand_Record_Equality
8042 (Nod : Node_Id;
8043 Typ : Entity_Id;
8044 Lhs : Node_Id;
8045 Rhs : Node_Id;
8046 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
8048 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8050 Result : Node_Id;
8051 C : Entity_Id;
8053 First_Time : Boolean := True;
8055 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
8056 -- Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
8057 -- inherited components.
8059 ----------------------
8060 -- Suitable_Element --
8061 ----------------------
8063 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id is
8064 begin
8065 if No (C) then
8066 return Empty;
8068 elsif Ekind (C) /= E_Discriminant
8069 and then Ekind (C) /= E_Component
8070 then
8071 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8073 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
8074 and then C /= Original_Record_Component (C)
8075 then
8076 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8078 elsif Chars (C) = Name_uController
8079 or else Chars (C) = Name_uTag
8080 then
8081 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8083 elsif Is_Interface (Etype (C)) then
8084 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8086 else
8087 return C;
8088 end if;
8089 end Suitable_Element;
8091 -- Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
8093 begin
8094 -- Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
8095 -- component C2 is also a record)
8097 -- True
8098 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8099 -- and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
8100 -- and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
8101 -- and then ...
8102 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8104 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
8105 C := Suitable_Element (First_Entity (Typ));
8107 while Present (C) loop
8108 declare
8109 New_Lhs : Node_Id;
8110 New_Rhs : Node_Id;
8111 Check : Node_Id;
8113 begin
8114 if First_Time then
8115 First_Time := False;
8116 New_Lhs := Lhs;
8117 New_Rhs := Rhs;
8118 else
8119 New_Lhs := New_Copy_Tree (Lhs);
8120 New_Rhs := New_Copy_Tree (Rhs);
8121 end if;
8123 Check :=
8124 Expand_Composite_Equality (Nod, Etype (C),
8125 Lhs =>
8126 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8127 Prefix => New_Lhs,
8128 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8129 Rhs =>
8130 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8131 Prefix => New_Rhs,
8132 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8133 Bodies => Bodies);
8135 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
8136 -- operation will raise program error.
8138 if Nkind (Check) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
8139 Result := Check;
8140 Set_Etype (Result, Standard_Boolean);
8141 exit;
8142 else
8143 Result :=
8144 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8145 Left_Opnd => Result,
8146 Right_Opnd => Check);
8147 end if;
8148 end;
8150 C := Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8151 end loop;
8153 return Result;
8154 end Expand_Record_Equality;
8156 -------------------------------------
8157 -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
8158 -------------------------------------
8160 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id) is
8161 Conv : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
8163 begin
8164 -- We must have a type conversion immediately above us
8166 pragma Assert (Nkind (Conv) = N_Type_Conversion);
8168 -- Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
8169 -- occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
8170 -- will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
8171 -- attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
8173 if Nkind (Parent (Conv)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8174 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (Conv)) = Name_Round
8175 then
8176 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (Conv)));
8177 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
8179 -- Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
8181 else
8182 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Conv));
8183 end if;
8184 end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation;
8186 ------------------------------
8187 -- Get_Allocator_Final_List --
8188 ------------------------------
8190 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
8191 (N : Node_Id;
8192 T : Entity_Id;
8193 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id
8195 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8197 Owner : Entity_Id := PtrT;
8198 -- The entity whose finalization list must be used to attach the
8199 -- allocated object.
8201 begin
8202 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
8204 -- If the context is an access parameter, we need to create a
8205 -- non-anonymous access type in order to have a usable final list,
8206 -- because there is otherwise no pool to which the allocated object
8207 -- can belong. We create both the type and the finalization chain
8208 -- here, because freezing an internal type does not create such a
8209 -- chain. The Final_Chain that is thus created is shared by the
8210 -- access parameter. The access type is tested against the result
8211 -- type of the function to exclude allocators whose type is an
8212 -- anonymous access result type.
8214 if Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
8215 in N_Subprogram_Specification
8216 and then
8217 PtrT /=
8218 Etype (Defining_Unit_Name (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)))
8219 then
8220 Owner := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('J'));
8221 Insert_Action (N,
8222 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
8223 Defining_Identifier => Owner,
8224 Type_Definition =>
8225 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
8226 Subtype_Indication =>
8227 New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc))));
8229 Build_Final_List (N, Owner);
8230 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT, Associated_Final_Chain (Owner));
8232 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the context is a return object
8233 -- declaration, then the anonymous return subtype is defined to have
8234 -- the same accessibility level as that of the function's result
8235 -- subtype, which means that we want the scope where the function is
8236 -- declared.
8238 elsif Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)) = N_Object_Declaration
8239 and then Ekind (Scope (PtrT)) = E_Return_Statement
8240 then
8241 Owner := Scope (Return_Applies_To (Scope (PtrT)));
8243 -- Case of an access discriminant, or (Ada 2005), of an anonymous
8244 -- access component or anonymous access function result: find the
8245 -- final list associated with the scope of the type. (In the
8246 -- anonymous access component kind, a list controller will have
8247 -- been allocated when freezing the record type, and PtrT has an
8248 -- Associated_Final_Chain attribute designating it.)
8250 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
8251 Owner := Scope (PtrT);
8252 end if;
8253 end if;
8255 return Find_Final_List (Owner);
8256 end Get_Allocator_Final_List;
8258 ---------------------------------
8259 -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
8260 ---------------------------------
8262 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8264 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
8265 -- Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
8266 -- formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
8268 --------------------------------
8269 -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
8270 --------------------------------
8272 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8273 Sel_Comp : Node_Id := N;
8275 begin
8276 -- Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
8278 while Present (Parent (Sel_Comp))
8279 and then Nkind (Parent (Sel_Comp)) = N_Selected_Component
8280 loop
8281 Sel_Comp := Parent (Sel_Comp);
8282 end loop;
8284 return Ekind (Entity (Prefix (Sel_Comp))) in Formal_Kind;
8285 end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter;
8287 -- Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
8289 begin
8290 -- For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficent to have a
8291 -- constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
8293 if Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
8294 or else
8295 Nkind (N) = N_Indexed_Component
8296 then
8297 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (N)))
8298 and then
8299 Is_Constrained (Etype (N));
8301 -- For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
8302 -- constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
8303 -- per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
8304 -- discriminants.
8306 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Selected_Component then
8307 if Has_Per_Object_Constraint (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) then
8309 -- A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
8310 -- component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
8311 -- know the actual parameter association yet.
8313 if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N) then
8314 return True;
8315 end if;
8317 -- Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
8319 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Prefix (N))
8320 and then
8321 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
8322 end if;
8324 -- The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
8325 -- the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
8327 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
8329 -- A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
8330 -- mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
8332 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Qualified_Expression then
8333 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Subtype_Mark (N))
8334 and then
8335 Is_Constrained (Subtype_Mark (N));
8337 end if;
8339 return False;
8340 end Has_Inferable_Discriminants;
8342 -------------------------------
8343 -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
8344 -------------------------------
8346 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id) is
8347 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8348 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8349 Pool : constant Entity_Id := Associated_Storage_Pool (Typ);
8350 Pnod : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
8352 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean;
8353 -- Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
8355 -----------------------------
8356 -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
8357 -----------------------------
8359 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean is
8360 T : Entity_Id;
8362 begin
8363 if No (P) then
8364 return False;
8365 end if;
8367 T := Etype (P);
8368 while T /= Etype (T) loop
8369 if Is_RTE (T, RE_Checked_Pool) then
8370 return True;
8371 else
8372 T := Etype (T);
8373 end if;
8374 end loop;
8376 return False;
8377 end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool;
8379 -- Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
8381 begin
8382 pragma Assert (Nkind (Pnod) = N_Explicit_Dereference);
8384 if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (Pool)
8385 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (Pnod)))
8386 then
8387 return;
8388 end if;
8390 Insert_Action (N,
8391 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
8392 Name => New_Reference_To (
8393 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Pool), Name_Dereference), Loc),
8395 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
8397 -- Pool
8399 New_Reference_To (Pool, Loc),
8401 -- Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address,
8402 -- which uses the pointer itself to find the address of
8403 -- the object, and which handles unconstrained arrays
8404 -- properly by computing the address of the template.
8405 -- i.e. the correct address of the corresponding allocation.
8407 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8408 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N),
8409 Attribute_Name => Name_Pool_Address),
8411 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements
8413 Make_Op_Divide (Loc,
8414 Left_Opnd =>
8415 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8416 Prefix =>
8417 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8418 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
8419 Attribute_Name => Name_Size),
8420 Right_Opnd =>
8421 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, System_Storage_Unit)),
8423 -- Alignment
8425 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8426 Prefix =>
8427 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8428 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
8429 Attribute_Name => Name_Alignment))));
8431 exception
8432 when RE_Not_Available =>
8433 return;
8434 end Insert_Dereference_Action;
8436 ------------------------------
8437 -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
8438 ------------------------------
8440 -- This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
8442 -- generic
8443 -- type elem is (<>);
8444 -- type index is (<>);
8445 -- type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
8447 -- function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
8448 -- J : index := Y'first;
8450 -- begin
8451 -- if X'length = 0 then
8452 -- return false;
8454 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
8455 -- return true;
8457 -- else
8458 -- for I in X'range loop
8459 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
8460 -- if J = Y'last then
8461 -- exit;
8462 -- else
8463 -- J := index'succ (J);
8464 -- end if;
8466 -- else
8467 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
8468 -- end if;
8469 -- end loop;
8471 -- return X'length > Y'length;
8472 -- end if;
8473 -- end Gnnn;
8475 -- Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
8476 -- do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
8477 -- instantiated function itself.
8479 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
8480 (Typ : Entity_Id;
8481 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id
8483 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8485 X : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uX);
8486 Y : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uY);
8487 I : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI);
8488 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
8490 Index : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (First_Index (Typ)));
8492 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
8493 Loop_Body : Node_Id;
8494 If_Stat : Node_Id;
8495 Inner_If : Node_Id;
8496 Final_Expr : Node_Id;
8497 Func_Body : Node_Id;
8498 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
8499 Formals : List_Id;
8500 Length1 : Node_Id;
8501 Length2 : Node_Id;
8503 begin
8504 -- if J = Y'last then
8505 -- exit;
8506 -- else
8507 -- J := index'succ (J);
8508 -- end if;
8510 Inner_If :=
8511 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8512 Condition =>
8513 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8514 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
8515 Right_Opnd =>
8516 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8517 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8518 Attribute_Name => Name_Last)),
8520 Then_Statements => New_List (
8521 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc)),
8523 Else_Statements =>
8524 New_List (
8525 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
8526 Name => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
8527 Expression =>
8528 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8529 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
8530 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
8531 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc))))));
8533 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
8534 -- if ... end if;
8535 -- else
8536 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
8537 -- end if;
8539 Loop_Body :=
8540 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8541 Condition =>
8542 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8543 Left_Opnd =>
8544 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8545 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8546 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
8548 Right_Opnd =>
8549 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8550 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8551 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))),
8553 Then_Statements => New_List (Inner_If),
8555 Else_Statements => New_List (
8556 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8557 Expression =>
8558 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8559 Left_Opnd =>
8560 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8561 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8562 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
8564 Right_Opnd =>
8565 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8566 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8567 Expressions => New_List (
8568 New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))))));
8570 -- for I in X'range loop
8571 -- if ... end if;
8572 -- end loop;
8574 Loop_Statement :=
8575 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
8576 Identifier => Empty,
8578 Iteration_Scheme =>
8579 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
8580 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
8581 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8582 Defining_Identifier => I,
8583 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
8584 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8585 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8586 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
8588 Statements => New_List (Loop_Body));
8590 -- if X'length = 0 then
8591 -- return false;
8592 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
8593 -- return true;
8594 -- else
8595 -- for ... loop ... end loop;
8596 -- return X'length > Y'length;
8597 -- end if;
8599 Length1 :=
8600 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8601 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8602 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
8604 Length2 :=
8605 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8606 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8607 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
8609 Final_Expr :=
8610 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8611 Left_Opnd => Length1,
8612 Right_Opnd => Length2);
8614 If_Stat :=
8615 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8616 Condition =>
8617 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8618 Left_Opnd =>
8619 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8620 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8621 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
8622 Right_Opnd =>
8623 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
8625 Then_Statements =>
8626 New_List (
8627 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8628 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc))),
8630 Elsif_Parts => New_List (
8631 Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
8632 Condition =>
8633 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8634 Left_Opnd =>
8635 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8636 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8637 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
8638 Right_Opnd =>
8639 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
8641 Then_Statements =>
8642 New_List (
8643 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8644 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc))))),
8646 Else_Statements => New_List (
8647 Loop_Statement,
8648 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8649 Expression => Final_Expr)));
8651 -- (X : a; Y: a)
8653 Formals := New_List (
8654 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8655 Defining_Identifier => X,
8656 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8658 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8659 Defining_Identifier => Y,
8660 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
8662 -- function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
8663 -- J : index := Y'first;
8664 -- begin
8665 -- if ... end if;
8666 -- end Gnnn;
8668 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('G'));
8670 Func_Body :=
8671 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
8672 Specification =>
8673 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
8674 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
8675 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
8676 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
8678 Declarations => New_List (
8679 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8680 Defining_Identifier => J,
8681 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
8682 Expression =>
8683 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8684 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8685 Attribute_Name => Name_First))),
8687 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
8688 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
8689 Statements => New_List (If_Stat)));
8691 return Func_Body;
8692 end Make_Array_Comparison_Op;
8694 ---------------------------
8695 -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
8696 ---------------------------
8698 -- For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the
8699 -- following, replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
8701 -- function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
8702 -- C : typ;
8703 -- begin
8704 -- for J in A'range loop
8705 -- C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
8706 -- end loop;
8707 -- return C;
8708 -- end Annn;
8710 -- Here typ is the boolean array type
8712 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
8713 (Typ : Entity_Id;
8714 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id
8716 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8718 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
8719 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
8720 C : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uC);
8721 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
8723 A_J : Node_Id;
8724 B_J : Node_Id;
8725 C_J : Node_Id;
8726 Op : Node_Id;
8728 Formals : List_Id;
8729 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
8730 Func_Body : Node_Id;
8731 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
8733 begin
8734 A_J :=
8735 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8736 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
8737 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8739 B_J :=
8740 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8741 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
8742 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8744 C_J :=
8745 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8746 Prefix => New_Reference_To (C, Loc),
8747 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8749 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_And then
8750 Op :=
8751 Make_Op_And (Loc,
8752 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8753 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8755 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Op_Or then
8756 Op :=
8757 Make_Op_Or (Loc,
8758 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8759 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8761 else
8762 Op :=
8763 Make_Op_Xor (Loc,
8764 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8765 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8766 end if;
8768 Loop_Statement :=
8769 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
8770 Identifier => Empty,
8772 Iteration_Scheme =>
8773 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
8774 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
8775 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8776 Defining_Identifier => J,
8777 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
8778 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8779 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
8780 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
8782 Statements => New_List (
8783 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
8784 Name => C_J,
8785 Expression => Op)));
8787 Formals := New_List (
8788 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8789 Defining_Identifier => A,
8790 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8792 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8793 Defining_Identifier => B,
8794 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
8796 Func_Name :=
8797 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('A'));
8798 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
8800 Func_Body :=
8801 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
8802 Specification =>
8803 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
8804 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
8805 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
8806 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8808 Declarations => New_List (
8809 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8810 Defining_Identifier => C,
8811 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
8813 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
8814 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
8815 Statements => New_List (
8816 Loop_Statement,
8817 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8818 Expression => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)))));
8820 return Func_Body;
8821 end Make_Boolean_Array_Op;
8823 ------------------------
8824 -- Rewrite_Comparison --
8825 ------------------------
8827 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
8828 begin
8829 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion then
8830 Rewrite_Comparison (Expression (N));
8831 return;
8833 elsif Nkind (N) not in N_Op_Compare then
8834 return;
8835 end if;
8837 declare
8838 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8839 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
8840 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
8842 Res : constant Compare_Result := Compile_Time_Compare (Op1, Op2);
8843 -- Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
8845 True_Result : Boolean;
8846 False_Result : Boolean;
8848 begin
8849 case N_Op_Compare (Nkind (N)) is
8850 when N_Op_Eq =>
8851 True_Result := Res = EQ;
8852 False_Result := Res = LT or else Res = GT or else Res = NE;
8854 when N_Op_Ge =>
8855 True_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
8856 False_Result := Res = LT;
8858 if Res = LE
8859 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
8860 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
8861 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Ge
8862 and then not In_Instance
8863 and then not Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
8864 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
8865 then
8866 Error_Msg_N
8867 ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
8868 end if;
8870 when N_Op_Gt =>
8871 True_Result := Res = GT;
8872 False_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
8874 when N_Op_Lt =>
8875 True_Result := Res = LT;
8876 False_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
8878 when N_Op_Le =>
8879 True_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
8880 False_Result := Res = GT;
8882 if Res = GE
8883 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
8884 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
8885 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Le
8886 and then not In_Instance
8887 and then not Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
8888 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
8889 then
8890 Error_Msg_N
8891 ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
8892 end if;
8894 when N_Op_Ne =>
8895 True_Result := Res = NE or else Res = GT or else Res = LT;
8896 False_Result := Res = EQ;
8897 end case;
8899 if True_Result then
8900 Rewrite (N,
8901 Convert_To (Typ,
8902 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Sloc (N))));
8903 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
8904 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
8906 elsif False_Result then
8907 Rewrite (N,
8908 Convert_To (Typ,
8909 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Sloc (N))));
8910 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
8911 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
8912 end if;
8913 end;
8914 end Rewrite_Comparison;
8916 ----------------------------
8917 -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
8918 ----------------------------
8920 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
8921 (Lhs : Node_Id;
8922 Op1 : Node_Id;
8923 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean
8925 Target : Entity_Id;
8927 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean;
8928 -- Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
8929 -- operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
8930 -- is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
8932 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
8933 -- Check that N is a stand-alone entity
8935 ------------------
8936 -- Is_Unaliased --
8937 ------------------
8939 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8940 begin
8941 return
8942 Is_Entity_Name (N)
8943 and then No (Address_Clause (Entity (N)))
8944 and then No (Renamed_Object (Entity (N)));
8945 end Is_Unaliased;
8947 ---------------------
8948 -- Is_Safe_Operand --
8949 ---------------------
8951 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8952 begin
8953 if No (Op) then
8954 return True;
8956 elsif Is_Entity_Name (Op) then
8957 return Is_Unaliased (Op);
8959 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Indexed_Component
8960 or else Nkind (Op) = N_Selected_Component
8961 then
8962 return Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op));
8964 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Slice then
8965 return
8966 Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op))
8967 and then Entity (Prefix (Op)) /= Target;
8969 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Op_Not then
8970 return Is_Safe_Operand (Right_Opnd (Op));
8972 else
8973 return False;
8974 end if;
8975 end Is_Safe_Operand;
8977 -- Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
8979 begin
8980 -- We skip this processing if the component size is not the
8981 -- same as a system storage unit (since at least for NOT
8982 -- this would cause problems).
8984 if Component_Size (Etype (Lhs)) /= System_Storage_Unit then
8985 return False;
8987 -- Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
8989 elsif VM_Target /= No_VM then
8990 return False;
8992 -- Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
8994 elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep (Component_Type (Etype (Lhs))) then
8995 return False;
8997 elsif not Is_Unaliased (Lhs) then
8998 return False;
8999 else
9000 Target := Entity (Lhs);
9002 return
9003 Is_Safe_Operand (Op1)
9004 and then Is_Safe_Operand (Op2);
9005 end if;
9006 end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op;
9008 -----------------------
9009 -- Tagged_Membership --
9010 -----------------------
9012 -- There are two different cases to consider depending on whether
9013 -- the right operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just
9014 -- compare the actual tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
9016 -- Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
9018 -- If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which
9019 -- is usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in
9020 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9022 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
9023 -- function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
9024 -- table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
9025 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9027 function Tagged_Membership (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
9028 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9029 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9030 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9032 Left_Type : Entity_Id;
9033 Right_Type : Entity_Id;
9034 Obj_Tag : Node_Id;
9036 begin
9037 Left_Type := Etype (Left);
9038 Right_Type := Etype (Right);
9040 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type) then
9041 Left_Type := Root_Type (Left_Type);
9042 end if;
9044 Obj_Tag :=
9045 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
9046 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Left),
9047 Selector_Name =>
9048 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (Left_Type), Loc));
9050 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type) then
9052 -- No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
9053 -- result of this membership test is always true. For example,
9054 -- considering the following declarations:
9056 -- type Iface is interface;
9057 -- type T is tagged null record;
9058 -- type DT is new T and Iface with null record;
9060 -- Obj1 : T;
9061 -- Obj2 : DT;
9063 -- These membership tests are always true:
9065 -- Obj1 in T'Class
9066 -- Obj2 in T'Class;
9067 -- Obj2 in Iface'Class;
9069 -- We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
9070 -- For example:
9072 -- Obj1 in DT'Class; -- Compile time error
9073 -- Obj1 in Iface'Class; -- Compile time error
9075 if not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type)
9076 and then (Is_Parent (Etype (Right_Type), Left_Type)
9077 or else (Is_Interface (Etype (Right_Type))
9078 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
9079 (Typ => Left_Type,
9080 Iface => Etype (Right_Type))))
9081 then
9082 return New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
9083 end if;
9085 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
9087 if Is_Interface (Etype (Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type)))
9089 -- Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
9091 or else Is_Interface (Left_Type)
9092 then
9093 -- Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
9094 -- configurable run time setting.
9096 if not RTE_Available (RE_IW_Membership) then
9097 Error_Msg_CRT ("abstract interface types", N);
9098 return Empty;
9099 end if;
9101 return
9102 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
9103 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_IW_Membership), Loc),
9104 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
9105 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9106 Prefix => Obj_Tag,
9107 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
9108 New_Reference_To (
9109 Node (First_Elmt
9110 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9111 Loc)));
9113 -- Ada 95: Normal case
9115 else
9116 return
9117 Build_CW_Membership (Loc,
9118 Obj_Tag_Node => Obj_Tag,
9119 Typ_Tag_Node =>
9120 New_Reference_To (
9121 Node (First_Elmt
9122 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9123 Loc));
9124 end if;
9126 -- Right_Type is not a class-wide type
9128 else
9129 -- No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
9131 if Is_Abstract_Type (Right_Type) then
9132 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
9134 else
9135 return
9136 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9137 Left_Opnd => Obj_Tag,
9138 Right_Opnd =>
9139 New_Reference_To
9140 (Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Right_Type))), Loc));
9141 end if;
9142 end if;
9143 end Tagged_Membership;
9145 ------------------------------
9146 -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
9147 ------------------------------
9149 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
9150 begin
9151 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
9152 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
9153 end if;
9154 end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks;
9156 end Exp_Ch4;